9114 lines
292 KiB
C++
9114 lines
292 KiB
C++
/*************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* $RCSfile: window.cxx,v $
|
|
*
|
|
* $Revision: 1.197 $
|
|
*
|
|
* last change: $Author: hr $ $Date: 2004-09-08 15:56:49 $
|
|
*
|
|
* The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
|
|
* either of the following licenses
|
|
*
|
|
* - GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
|
|
* - Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
|
|
*
|
|
* Sun Microsystems Inc., October, 2000
|
|
*
|
|
* GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
|
|
* =============================================
|
|
* Copyright 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
|
* 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303, USA
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License version 2.1, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
|
* MA 02111-1307 USA
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* Sun Industry Standards Source License Version 1.1
|
|
* =================================================
|
|
* The contents of this file are subject to the Sun Industry Standards
|
|
* Source License Version 1.1 (the "License"); You may not use this file
|
|
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the
|
|
* License at http://www.openoffice.org/license.html.
|
|
*
|
|
* Software provided under this License is provided on an "AS IS" basis,
|
|
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
|
|
* WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE SOFTWARE IS FREE OF DEFECTS,
|
|
* MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING.
|
|
* See the License for the specific provisions governing your rights and
|
|
* obligations concerning the Software.
|
|
*
|
|
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is: Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright: 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
|
*
|
|
* All Rights Reserved.
|
|
*
|
|
* Contributor(s): _______________________________________
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SVSYS_HXX
|
|
#include <svsys.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALFRAME_HXX
|
|
#include <salframe.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALOBJ_HXX
|
|
#include <salobj.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALINST_HXX
|
|
#include <salinst.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALGTYPE_HXX
|
|
#include <salgtype.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALGDI_HXX
|
|
#include <salgdi.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALCTRLHANDLE_HXX
|
|
#include <salctrlhandle.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <unohelp.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _DEBUG_HXX
|
|
#include <tools/debug.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_RC_H
|
|
#include <tools/rc.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SVDATA_HXX
|
|
#include <svdata.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_WINDATA_HXX
|
|
#include <windata.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_DBGGUI_HXX
|
|
#include <dbggui.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_OUTFONT_HXX
|
|
#include <outfont.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_OUTDEV_H
|
|
#include <outdev.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_REGION_H
|
|
#include <region.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_EVENT_HXX
|
|
#include <event.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_HELP_HXX
|
|
#include <help.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_CURSOR_HXX
|
|
#include <cursor.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SVAPP_HXX
|
|
#include <svapp.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_WINDOW_H
|
|
#include <window.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_WINDOW_HXX
|
|
#include <window.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SYSWIN_HXX
|
|
#include <syswin.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_BRDWIN_HXX
|
|
#include <brdwin.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_HELPWIN_HXX
|
|
#include <helpwin.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_DOCKWIN_HXX
|
|
#include <dockwin.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_MENU_HXX
|
|
#include <menu.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_WRKWIN_HXX
|
|
#include <wrkwin.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_WALL_HXX
|
|
#include <wall.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _VCL_FONTCFG_HXX
|
|
#include <fontcfg.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <sysdata.hxx>
|
|
#ifndef _SV_SALLAYOUT_HXX
|
|
#include <sallayout.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _SV_BUTTON_HXX
|
|
#include <button.hxx> // Button::GetStandardText
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/awt/XWindowPeer.hpp>
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _DRAFTS_COM_SUN_STAR_RENDERING_XCANVAS_HPP_
|
|
#include <drafts/com/sun/star/rendering/XCanvas.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_RENDERING_XCANVAS_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/awt/XWindow.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COMPHELPER_PROCESSFACTORY_HXX_
|
|
#include <comphelper/processfactory.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_DATATRANSFER_DND_XDRAGSOURCE_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDragSource.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_DATATRANSFER_DND_XDROPTARGET_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/dnd/XDropTarget.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_DATATRANSFER_CLIPBOARD_XCLIPBOARD_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/datatransfer/clipboard/XClipboard.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_AWT_XTOPWINDOW_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/awt/XTopWindow.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_AWT_XDISPLAYCONNECTION_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/awt/XDisplayConnection.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LANG_XINITIALIZATION_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/lang/XInitialization.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_LANG_XCOMPONENT_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/lang/XComponent.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_ACCESSIBILITY_XACCESSIBLE_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/accessibility/XAccessible.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef _COM_SUN_STAR_ACCESSIBILITY_ACCESSIBLEROLE_HPP_
|
|
#include <com/sun/star/accessibility/AccessibleRole.hpp>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <unowrap.hxx>
|
|
#include <dndlcon.hxx>
|
|
#include <dndevdis.hxx>
|
|
#include <impbmpconv.hxx>
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _UNOTOOLS_CONFIGNODE_HXX_
|
|
#include <unotools/confignode.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _SV_GDIMTF_HXX
|
|
#include <gdimtf.hxx>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
using namespace rtl;
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star::uno;
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang;
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::clipboard;
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star::datatransfer::dnd;
|
|
using namespace com::sun;
|
|
|
|
using ::com::sun::star::awt::XTopWindow;
|
|
|
|
// =======================================================================
|
|
|
|
DBG_NAME( Window );
|
|
|
|
// =======================================================================
|
|
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_PAINT ((USHORT)0x0001)
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL ((USHORT)0x0002)
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS ((USHORT)0x0004)
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS ((USHORT)0x0008)
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_ERASE ((USHORT)0x0010)
|
|
#define IMPL_PAINT_CHECKRTL ((USHORT)0x0020)
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
typedef Window* PWINDOW;
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
struct ImplCalcToTopData
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCalcToTopData* mpNext;
|
|
Window* mpWindow;
|
|
Region* mpInvalidateRegion;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct ImplAccessibleInfos
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nAccessibleRole;
|
|
String* pAccessibleName;
|
|
String* pAccessibleDescription;
|
|
|
|
ImplAccessibleInfos()
|
|
{
|
|
nAccessibleRole = 0xFFFF;
|
|
pAccessibleName = NULL;
|
|
pAccessibleDescription = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~ImplAccessibleInfos()
|
|
{
|
|
delete pAccessibleName;
|
|
delete pAccessibleDescription;
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
// define dtor for ImplDelData
|
|
ImplDelData::~ImplDelData()
|
|
{
|
|
// #112873# auto remove of ImplDelData
|
|
// due to this code actively calling ImplRemoveDel() is not mandatory anymore
|
|
if( !mbDel && mpWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// the window still exists but we were not removed
|
|
mpWindow->ImplRemoveDel( this );
|
|
mpWindow = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DBG_UTIL
|
|
const char* ImplDbgCheckWindow( const void* pObj )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_TESTSOLARMUTEX();
|
|
|
|
const Window* pWindow = (Window*)pObj;
|
|
|
|
if ( (pWindow->GetType() < WINDOW_FIRST) || (pWindow->GetType() > WINDOW_LAST) )
|
|
return "Window data overwrite";
|
|
|
|
// Fenster-Verkettung ueberpruefen
|
|
Window* pChild = pWindow->mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pChild->mpParent != pWindow )
|
|
return "Child-Window-Parent wrong";
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// =======================================================================
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInitAppFontData( Window* pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
long nTextHeight = pWindow->GetTextHeight();
|
|
long nTextWidth = pWindow->GetTextWidth( XubString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "aemnnxEM" ) ) );
|
|
long nSymHeight = nTextHeight*4;
|
|
// Falls Font zu schmal ist, machen wir die Basis breiter,
|
|
// damit die Dialoge symetrisch aussehen und nicht zu schmal
|
|
// werden. Wenn der Dialog die gleiche breite hat, geben wir
|
|
// noch etwas Spielraum dazu, da etwas mehr Platz besser ist.
|
|
if ( nSymHeight > nTextWidth )
|
|
nTextWidth = nSymHeight;
|
|
else if ( nSymHeight+5 > nTextWidth )
|
|
nTextWidth = nSymHeight+5;
|
|
pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontX = nTextWidth * 10 / 8;
|
|
pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontY = nTextHeight * 10;
|
|
|
|
pSVData->maGDIData.mnRealAppFontX = pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontX;
|
|
if ( pSVData->maAppData.mnDialogScaleX )
|
|
pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontX += (pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontX*pSVData->maAppData.mnDialogScaleX)/100;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
bool Window::ImplCheckUIFont( const Font& rFont )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplInitFontList();
|
|
|
|
String aTestText;
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_OK ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_CANCEL ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_YES ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_NO ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_RETRY ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_HELP ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_CLOSE ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_MORE ) );
|
|
aTestText.Append( Button::GetStandardText( BUTTON_ABORT ) );
|
|
|
|
return HasGlyphs( rFont, aTestText ) >= aTestText.Len();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateGlobalSettings( AllSettings& rSettings, BOOL bCallHdl )
|
|
{
|
|
// Verify availability of the configured UI font, otherwise choose "Andale Sans UI"
|
|
String aUserInterfaceFont;
|
|
bool bUseSystemFont = rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetUseSystemUIFonts();
|
|
|
|
// check whether system UI font can display a typical UI text
|
|
if( bUseSystemFont )
|
|
bUseSystemFont = ImplCheckUIFont( rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetAppFont() );
|
|
|
|
if ( !bUseSystemFont )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplInitFontList();
|
|
String aConfigFont = vcl::DefaultFontConfigItem::get()->getUserInterfaceFont( rSettings.GetUILocale() );
|
|
xub_StrLen nIndex = 0;
|
|
while( nIndex != STRING_NOTFOUND )
|
|
{
|
|
String aName( aConfigFont.GetToken( 0, ';', nIndex ) );
|
|
if ( aName.Len() && mpFrameData->mpFontList->FindFontFamily( aName ) )
|
|
{
|
|
aUserInterfaceFont = aConfigFont;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( ! aUserInterfaceFont.Len() )
|
|
{
|
|
String aFallbackFont (RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "Andale Sans UI" ));
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFontList->FindFontFamily( aFallbackFont ) )
|
|
aUserInterfaceFont = aFallbackFont;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !bUseSystemFont && aUserInterfaceFont.Len() )
|
|
{
|
|
StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
Font aFont = aStyleSettings.GetAppFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetAppFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetHelpFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetHelpFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetTitleFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetTitleFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetFloatTitleFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetFloatTitleFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetMenuFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetMenuFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetToolFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetToolFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetLabelFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetLabelFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetInfoFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetInfoFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetRadioCheckFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetRadioCheckFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetPushButtonFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetPushButtonFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetFieldFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetFieldFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetIconFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetIconFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetGroupFont();
|
|
aFont.SetName( aUserInterfaceFont );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetGroupFont( aFont );
|
|
rSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
// #97047: Force all fonts except Menu and Help to a fixed height
|
|
// to avoid UI scaling due to large fonts
|
|
// - but allow bigger fonts on bigger screens (i16682, i21238)
|
|
// dialogs were designed to fit 800x600 with an 8pt font, so scale accordingly
|
|
int maxFontheight = 9; // #107886#: 9 is default for some asian systems, so always allow if requested
|
|
if( GetDesktopRectPixel().getHeight() > 600 )
|
|
maxFontheight = (int) ((( 8 * (double) GetDesktopRectPixel().getHeight()) / 600.) + 0.5);
|
|
|
|
Font aFont = aStyleSettings.GetMenuFont();
|
|
int defFontheight = aFont.GetHeight();
|
|
if( defFontheight > maxFontheight )
|
|
defFontheight = maxFontheight;
|
|
|
|
// if the UI is korean, always use 9pt
|
|
LanguageType aLang = Application::GetSettings().GetUILanguage();
|
|
if( aLang == LANGUAGE_KOREAN || aLang == LANGUAGE_KOREAN_JOHAB )
|
|
defFontheight = Max(9, defFontheight);
|
|
|
|
// i22098, toolfont will be scaled differently to avoid bloated rulers and status bars for big fonts
|
|
int toolfontheight = defFontheight;
|
|
if( toolfontheight > 9 )
|
|
toolfontheight = (defFontheight+8) / 2;
|
|
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetAppFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetAppFont( aFont );
|
|
//aFont = aStyleSettings.GetHelpFont();
|
|
//aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
//aStyleSettings.SetHelpFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetTitleFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetTitleFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetFloatTitleFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetFloatTitleFont( aFont );
|
|
//aFont = aStyleSettings.GetMenuFont();
|
|
//aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
//aStyleSettings.SetMenuFont( aFont );
|
|
|
|
// use different height for toolfont
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetToolFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( toolfontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetToolFont( aFont );
|
|
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetLabelFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetLabelFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetInfoFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetInfoFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetRadioCheckFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetRadioCheckFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetPushButtonFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetPushButtonFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetFieldFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetFieldFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetIconFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetIconFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetGroupFont();
|
|
aFont.SetHeight( defFontheight );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetGroupFont( aFont );
|
|
|
|
rSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
|
|
|
|
|
|
// #104427# auto detect HC mode ?
|
|
if( !rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetHighContrastMode() )
|
|
{
|
|
sal_Bool bTmp, bAutoHCMode = sal_True;
|
|
utl::OConfigurationNode aNode = utl::OConfigurationTreeRoot::tryCreateWithServiceFactory(
|
|
vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory(),
|
|
OUString::createFromAscii( "org.openoffice.Office.Common/Accessibility" ) ); // note: case sensisitive !
|
|
if ( aNode.isValid() )
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Any aValue = aNode.getNodeValue( OUString::createFromAscii( "AutoDetectSystemHC" ) );
|
|
if( aValue >>= bTmp )
|
|
bAutoHCMode = bTmp;
|
|
}
|
|
if( bAutoHCMode )
|
|
{
|
|
if( rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor().IsDark()
|
|
|| rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetWindowColor().IsDark() )
|
|
{
|
|
StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetHighContrastMode( TRUE );
|
|
rSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Detect if images in menus are allowed or not
|
|
{
|
|
sal_Bool bTmp, bUseImagesInMenus = sal_True;
|
|
utl::OConfigurationNode aNode = utl::OConfigurationTreeRoot::tryCreateWithServiceFactory(
|
|
vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory(),
|
|
OUString::createFromAscii( "org.openoffice.Office.Common/View/Menu" ) ); // note: case sensisitive !
|
|
if ( aNode.isValid() )
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Any aValue = aNode.getNodeValue( OUString::createFromAscii( "ShowIconsInMenues" ) );
|
|
if( aValue >>= bTmp )
|
|
bUseImagesInMenus = bTmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetUseImagesInMenus( bUseImagesInMenus );
|
|
rSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DBG_UTIL
|
|
// Evt. AppFont auf Fett schalten, damit man feststellen kann,
|
|
// ob fuer die Texte auf anderen Systemen genuegend Platz
|
|
// vorhanden ist
|
|
if ( DbgIsBoldAppFont() )
|
|
{
|
|
StyleSettings aStyleSettings = rSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
Font aFont = aStyleSettings.GetAppFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetAppFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetGroupFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetGroupFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetLabelFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetLabelFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetRadioCheckFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetRadioCheckFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetPushButtonFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetPushButtonFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetFieldFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetFieldFont( aFont );
|
|
aFont = aStyleSettings.GetIconFont();
|
|
aFont.SetWeight( WEIGHT_BOLD );
|
|
aStyleSettings.SetIconFont( aFont );
|
|
rSettings.SetStyleSettings( aStyleSettings );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( bCallHdl )
|
|
GetpApp()->SystemSettingsChanging( rSettings, this );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
MouseEvent ImplTranslateMouseEvent( const MouseEvent& rE, Window* pSource, Window* pDest )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPos = pSource->OutputToScreenPixel( rE.GetPosPixel() );
|
|
aPos = pDest->ScreenToOutputPixel( aPos );
|
|
return MouseEvent( aPos, rE.GetClicks(), rE.GetMode(), rE.GetButtons(), rE.GetModifier() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
CommandEvent ImplTranslateCommandEvent( const CommandEvent& rCEvt, Window* pSource, Window* pDest )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !rCEvt.IsMouseEvent() )
|
|
return rCEvt;
|
|
|
|
Point aPos = pSource->OutputToScreenPixel( rCEvt.GetMousePosPixel() );
|
|
aPos = pDest->ScreenToOutputPixel( aPos );
|
|
return CommandEvent( aPos, rCEvt.GetCommand(), rCEvt.IsMouseEvent(), rCEvt.GetData() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// =======================================================================
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInitData( WindowType nType )
|
|
{
|
|
meOutDevType = OUTDEV_WINDOW;
|
|
|
|
mpWinData = NULL; // Extra Window Data, that we dont need for all windows
|
|
mpOverlapData = NULL; // Overlap Data
|
|
mpFrameData = NULL; // Frame Data
|
|
mpFrame = NULL; // Pointer to frame window
|
|
mpSysObj = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameWindow = NULL; // window to top level parent (same as frame window)
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = NULL; // first overlap parent
|
|
mpBorderWindow = NULL; // Border-Window
|
|
mpClientWindow = NULL; // Client-Window of a FrameWindow
|
|
mpParent = NULL; // parent (inkl. BorderWindow)
|
|
mpRealParent = NULL; // real parent (exkl. BorderWindow)
|
|
mpFirstChild = NULL; // first child window
|
|
mpLastChild = NULL; // last child window
|
|
mpFirstOverlap = NULL; // first overlap window (only set in overlap windows)
|
|
mpLastOverlap = NULL; // last overlap window (only set in overlap windows)
|
|
mpPrev = NULL; // prev window
|
|
mpNext = NULL; // next window
|
|
mpNextOverlap = NULL; // next overlap window of frame
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow = NULL; // window for focus restore
|
|
mpDlgCtrlDownWindow = NULL; // window for dialog control
|
|
mpFirstDel = NULL; // Dtor notification list
|
|
mpUserData = NULL; // user data
|
|
mpCursor = NULL; // cursor
|
|
mpControlFont = NULL; // font propertie
|
|
mpVCLXWindow = NULL;
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos = NULL;
|
|
maControlForeground = Color( COL_TRANSPARENT ); // kein Foreground gesetzt
|
|
maControlBackground = Color( COL_TRANSPARENT ); // kein Background gesetzt
|
|
mnLeftBorder = 0; // left border
|
|
mnTopBorder = 0; // top border
|
|
mnRightBorder = 0; // right border
|
|
mnBottomBorder = 0; // bottom border
|
|
mnX = 0; // X-Position to Parent
|
|
mnY = 0; // Y-Position to Parent
|
|
mnAbsScreenX = 0; // absolute X-position on screen, used for RTL window positioning
|
|
mnHelpId = 0; // help id
|
|
mnUniqId = 0; // unique id
|
|
mpChildClipRegion = NULL; // Child-Clip-Region when ClipChildren
|
|
mpPaintRegion = NULL; // Paint-ClipRegion
|
|
mnStyle = 0; // style (init in ImplInitWindow)
|
|
mnPrevStyle = 0; // prevstyle (set in SetStyle)
|
|
mnExtendedStyle = 0; // extended style (init in ImplInitWindow)
|
|
mnPrevExtendedStyle = 0; // prevstyle (set in SetExtendedStyle)
|
|
mnType = nType; // type
|
|
mnGetFocusFlags = 0; // Flags fuer GetFocus()-Aufruf
|
|
mnWaitCount = 0; // Wait-Count (>1 == Warte-MousePointer)
|
|
mnPaintFlags = 0; // Flags for ImplCallPaint
|
|
mnParentClipMode = 0; // Flags for Parent-ClipChildren-Mode
|
|
mnActivateMode = 0; // Wird bei System/Overlap-Windows umgesetzt
|
|
mnDlgCtrlFlags = 0; // DialogControl-Flags
|
|
mnLockCount = 0; // LockCount
|
|
mbFrame = FALSE; // TRUE: Window is a frame window
|
|
mbBorderWin = FALSE; // TRUE: Window is a border window
|
|
mbOverlapWin = FALSE; // TRUE: Window is a overlap window
|
|
mbSysWin = FALSE; // TRUE: SystemWindow is the base class
|
|
mbDialog = FALSE; // TRUE: Dialog is the base class
|
|
mbDockWin = FALSE; // TRUE: DockingWindow is the base class
|
|
mbFloatWin = FALSE; // TRUE: FloatingWindow is the base class
|
|
mbPushButton = FALSE; // TRUE: PushButton is the base class
|
|
mbToolBox = FALSE; // TRUE: ToolBox is the base class
|
|
mbMenuFloatingWindow= FALSE; // TRUE: MenuFloatingWindow is the base class
|
|
mbSplitter = FALSE; // TRUE: Splitter is the base class
|
|
mbVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: Show( TRUE ) called
|
|
mbOverlapVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: Hide called for visible window from ImplHideAllOverlapWindow()
|
|
mbDisabled = FALSE; // TRUE: Enable( FALSE ) called
|
|
mbInputDisabled = FALSE; // TRUE: EnableInput( FALSE ) called
|
|
mbAlwaysEnableInput = FALSE; // TRUE: AlwaysEnableInput( TRUE ) called
|
|
mbDropDisabled = FALSE; // TRUE: Drop is enabled
|
|
mbNoUpdate = FALSE; // TRUE: SetUpdateMode( FALSE ) called
|
|
mbNoParentUpdate = FALSE; // TRUE: SetParentUpdateMode( FALSE ) called
|
|
mbActive = FALSE; // TRUE: Window Active
|
|
mbParentActive = FALSE; // TRUE: OverlapActive from Parent
|
|
mbReallyVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: this and all parents to an overlaped window are visible
|
|
mbReallyShown = FALSE; // TRUE: this and all parents to an overlaped window are shown
|
|
mbInInitShow = FALSE; // TRUE: we are in InitShow
|
|
mbChildNotify = FALSE; // TRUE: ChildNotify
|
|
mbChildPtrOverwrite = FALSE; // TRUE: PointerStyle overwrites Child-Pointer
|
|
mbNoPtrVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: ShowPointer( FALSE ) called
|
|
mbMouseMove = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseMouseMove called
|
|
mbPaintFrame = FALSE; // TRUE: Paint is visible, but not painted
|
|
mbInPaint = FALSE; // TRUE: Inside PaintHdl
|
|
mbMouseButtonDown = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseMouseButtonDown called
|
|
mbMouseButtonUp = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseMouseButtonUp called
|
|
mbKeyInput = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseKeyInput called
|
|
mbKeyUp = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseKeyUp called
|
|
mbCommand = FALSE; // TRUE: BaseCommand called
|
|
mbDefPos = TRUE; // TRUE: Position is not Set
|
|
mbDefSize = TRUE; // TRUE: Size is not Set
|
|
mbCallMove = TRUE; // TRUE: Move must be called by Show
|
|
mbCallResize = TRUE; // TRUE: Resize must be called by Show
|
|
mbWaitSystemResize = TRUE; // TRUE: Wait for System-Resize
|
|
mbInitWinClipRegion = TRUE; // TRUE: Calc Window Clip Region
|
|
mbInitChildRegion = FALSE; // TRUE: InitChildClipRegion
|
|
mbWinRegion = FALSE; // TRUE: Window Region
|
|
mbClipChildren = FALSE; // TRUE: Child-Fenster muessen evt. geclippt werden
|
|
mbClipSiblings = FALSE; // TRUE: Nebeneinanderliegende Child-Fenster muessen evt. geclippt werden
|
|
mbChildTransparent = FALSE; // TRUE: Child-Fenster duerfen transparent einschalten (inkl. Parent-CLIPCHILDREN)
|
|
mbPaintTransparent = FALSE; // TRUE: Paints muessen auf Parent ausgeloest werden
|
|
mbMouseTransparent = FALSE; // TRUE: Window is transparent for Mouse
|
|
mbDlgCtrlStart = FALSE; // TRUE: Ab hier eigenes Dialog-Control
|
|
mbFocusVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: Focus Visible
|
|
mbTrackVisible = FALSE; // TRUE: Tracking Visible
|
|
mbControlForeground = FALSE; // TRUE: Foreground-Property set
|
|
mbControlBackground = FALSE; // TRUE: Background-Property set
|
|
mbAlwaysOnTop = FALSE; // TRUE: immer vor allen anderen normalen Fenstern sichtbar
|
|
mbCompoundControl = FALSE; // TRUE: Zusammengesetztes Control => Listener...
|
|
mbCompoundControlHasFocus = FALSE; // TRUE: Zusammengesetztes Control hat irgendwo den Focus
|
|
mbPaintDisabled = FALSE; // TRUE: Paint soll nicht ausgefuehrt werden
|
|
mbAllResize = FALSE; // TRUE: Auch ResizeEvents mit 0,0 schicken
|
|
mbInDtor = FALSE; // TRUE: Wir befinden uns im Window-Dtor
|
|
mbExtTextInput = FALSE; // TRUE: ExtTextInput-Mode is active
|
|
mbInFocusHdl = FALSE; // TRUE: Innerhalb vom GetFocus-Handler
|
|
mbCreatedWithToolkit = FALSE;
|
|
mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents = FALSE; // TRUE: do not send any accessibility events
|
|
mbEnableRTL = TRUE; // TRUE: this outdev will be mirrored if RTL window layout (UI mirroring) is globally active
|
|
mbDrawSelectionBackground = FALSE; // TRUE: draws transparent window background to indicate (toolbox) selection
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInit( Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle, const ::com::sun::star::uno::Any& aSystemWorkWindowToken )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, NULL );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInit( Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle, SystemParentData* pSystemParentData )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( mbFrame || pParent, "Window::Window(): pParent == NULL" );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
Window* pRealParent = pParent;
|
|
|
|
// 3D-Look vererben
|
|
if ( !mbOverlapWin && (pParent->GetStyle() & WB_3DLOOK) )
|
|
nStyle |= WB_3DLOOK;
|
|
|
|
// Wenn wir einen Border haben, muessen wir ein BorderWindow anlegen
|
|
if ( !mbFrame && !mbBorderWin && !mpBorderWindow && (nStyle & WB_BORDER) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplBorderWindow* pBorderWin = new ImplBorderWindow( pParent, nStyle & (WB_BORDER | WB_DIALOGCONTROL | WB_NODIALOGCONTROL) );
|
|
((Window*)pBorderWin)->mpClientWindow = this;
|
|
pBorderWin->GetBorder( mnLeftBorder, mnTopBorder, mnRightBorder, mnBottomBorder );
|
|
mpBorderWindow = pBorderWin;
|
|
pParent = mpBorderWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// insert window in list
|
|
ImplInsertWindow( pParent );
|
|
mnStyle = nStyle;
|
|
|
|
// Overlap-Window-Daten
|
|
if ( mbOverlapWin )
|
|
{
|
|
mpOverlapData = new ImplOverlapData;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mpSaveBackDev = NULL;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mpSaveBackRgn = NULL;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mpNextBackWin = NULL;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mnSaveBackSize = 0;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mbSaveBack = FALSE;
|
|
mpOverlapData->mnTopLevel = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// test for frame creation
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// create frame
|
|
ULONG nFrameStyle = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( nStyle & WB_MOVEABLE )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_MOVEABLE;
|
|
if ( nStyle & WB_SIZEABLE )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_SIZEABLE;
|
|
if ( nStyle & WB_CLOSEABLE )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_CLOSEABLE;
|
|
if ( nStyle & WB_APP )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_DEFAULT;
|
|
if( ! (nFrameStyle & ~SAL_FRAME_STYLE_CLOSEABLE) && // closeable only is ok, useful for undecorated floaters
|
|
( mbFloatWin || ((GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) && ((ImplBorderWindow*)this)->mbFloatWindow) || (nStyle & WB_SYSTEMFLOATWIN) )
|
|
)
|
|
nFrameStyle = SAL_FRAME_STYLE_FLOAT; // hmmm, was '0' before ????
|
|
else if( mbFloatWin )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_TOOLWINDOW;
|
|
|
|
if( nStyle & WB_INTROWIN )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_INTRO;
|
|
if( nStyle & WB_TOOLTIPWIN )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_TOOLTIP;
|
|
|
|
if( nStyle & WB_NOSHADOW )
|
|
nFrameStyle |= SAL_FRAME_STYLE_NOSHADOW;
|
|
|
|
SalFrame* pParentFrame = NULL;
|
|
if ( pParent )
|
|
pParentFrame = pParent->mpFrame;
|
|
SalFrame* pFrame;
|
|
if ( pSystemParentData )
|
|
pFrame = pSVData->mpDefInst->CreateChildFrame( pSystemParentData, nFrameStyle | SAL_FRAME_STYLE_CHILD );
|
|
else
|
|
pFrame = pSVData->mpDefInst->CreateFrame( pParentFrame, nFrameStyle );
|
|
if ( !pFrame )
|
|
GetpApp()->Exception( EXC_SYSOBJNOTCREATED );
|
|
pFrame->SetCallback( this, ImplWindowFrameProc );
|
|
|
|
// set window frame data
|
|
mpFrameData = new ImplFrameData;
|
|
mpFrame = pFrame;
|
|
mpFrameWindow = this;
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = this;
|
|
|
|
// set frame data
|
|
mpFrameData->mpNextFrame = pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame = this;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin = NULL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFontList = pSVData->maGDIData.mpScreenFontList;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFontCache = pSVData->maGDIData.mpScreenFontCache;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnAllSaveBackSize = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFocusId = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnLastMouseX = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnLastMouseY = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnBeforeLastMouseX = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnBeforeLastMouseY = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFirstMouseX = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFirstMouseY = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnLastMouseWinX = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnLastMouseWinY = -1;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnModalMode = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnMouseDownTime = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnClickCount = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFirstMouseCode = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnMouseCode = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnMouseMode = 0;
|
|
mpFrameData->meMapUnit = MAP_PIXEL;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbHasFocus = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbMouseIn = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbStartDragCalled = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbNeedSysWindow = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbMinimized = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbStartFocusState = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbInSysObjFocusHdl = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbInSysObjToTopHdl = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbSysObjFocus = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.SetTimeout( 30 );
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, Window, ImplHandlePaintHdl ) );
|
|
mpFrameData->maResizeTimer.SetTimeout( 50 );
|
|
mpFrameData->maResizeTimer.SetTimeoutHdl( LINK( this, Window, ImplHandleResizeTimerHdl ) );
|
|
mpFrameData->mbInternalDragGestureRecognizer = FALSE;
|
|
mpFrameData->mbTriggerHangulHanja = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// init data
|
|
mpRealParent = pRealParent;
|
|
|
|
// #99318: make sure fontcache and list is available before call to SetSettings
|
|
mpFontList = mpFrameData->mpFontList;
|
|
mpFontCache = mpFrameData->mpFontCache;
|
|
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mnDPIX = pParent->mpFrameData->mnDPIX;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnDPIY = pParent->mpFrameData->mnDPIY;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX = pParent->mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX;
|
|
mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY = pParent->mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplGetGraphics() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpGraphics->GetResolution( mpFrameData->mnDPIX, mpFrameData->mnDPIY );
|
|
mpGraphics->GetScreenFontResolution( mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX, mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// delay settings initialization until first "real" frame
|
|
// this relies on the IntroWindow not needing any system settings
|
|
if ( !pSVData->maAppData.mbSettingsInit &&
|
|
! (nStyle & WB_INTROWIN)
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrame->UpdateSettings( *pSVData->maAppData.mpSettings );
|
|
ImplUpdateGlobalSettings( *pSVData->maAppData.mpSettings );
|
|
OutputDevice::SetSettings( *pSVData->maAppData.mpSettings );
|
|
pSVData->maAppData.mbSettingsInit = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we create a Window with default size, query this
|
|
// size directly, because we want resize all Controls to
|
|
// the correct size before we display the window
|
|
if ( nStyle & (WB_MOVEABLE | WB_SIZEABLE | WB_APP) )
|
|
mpFrame->GetClientSize( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
mbDisabled = pParent->mbDisabled;
|
|
mbInputDisabled = pParent->mbInputDisabled;
|
|
mbAlwaysEnableInput = pParent->mbAlwaysEnableInput;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
OutputDevice::SetSettings( pParent->GetSettings() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = maSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
USHORT nScreenZoom = rStyleSettings.GetScreenZoom();
|
|
mnDPIX = (mpFrameData->mnDPIX*nScreenZoom)/100;
|
|
mnDPIY = (mpFrameData->mnDPIY*nScreenZoom)/100;
|
|
maFont = rStyleSettings.GetAppFont();
|
|
ImplPointToLogic( maFont );
|
|
|
|
if ( nStyle & WB_3DLOOK )
|
|
{
|
|
SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetButtonTextColor() );
|
|
SetBackground( Wallpaper( rStyleSettings.GetFaceColor() ) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SetTextColor( rStyleSettings.GetWindowTextColor() );
|
|
SetBackground( Wallpaper( rStyleSettings.GetWindowColor() ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplUpdatePos();
|
|
|
|
// calculate app font res
|
|
if ( mbFrame && !pSVData->maGDIData.mnAppFontX && ! (nStyle & WB_INTROWIN) )
|
|
ImplInitAppFontData( this );
|
|
|
|
if ( GetAccessibleParentWindow() && GetParent() != Application::GetDefDialogParent() )
|
|
GetAccessibleParentWindow()->ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_CHILDCREATED, this );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplSetFrameParent( const Window* pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pFrameWindow = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while( pFrameWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// search all frames that are children of this window
|
|
// and reparent them
|
|
if( ImplIsRealParentPath( pFrameWindow ) )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( mpFrame != pFrameWindow->mpFrame, "SetFrameParent to own" );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( mpFrame, "no frame" );
|
|
SalFrame* pParentFrame = pParent ? pParent->mpFrame : NULL;
|
|
pFrameWindow->mpFrame->SetParent( pParentFrame );
|
|
}
|
|
pFrameWindow = pFrameWindow->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInsertWindow( Window* pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
mpParent = pParent;
|
|
mpRealParent = pParent;
|
|
|
|
if ( pParent && !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// search frame window and set window frame data
|
|
Window* pFrameParent = pParent->mpFrameWindow;
|
|
mpFrameData = pFrameParent->mpFrameData;
|
|
mpFrame = pFrameParent->mpFrame;
|
|
mpFrameWindow = pFrameParent;
|
|
mbFrame = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// search overlap window and insert window in list
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pFirstOverlapParent = pParent;
|
|
while ( !pFirstOverlapParent->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pFirstOverlapParent = pFirstOverlapParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = pFirstOverlapParent;
|
|
|
|
mpNextOverlap = mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap = this;
|
|
|
|
// Overlap-Windows sind per default die obersten
|
|
mpNext = pFirstOverlapParent->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
pFirstOverlapParent->mpFirstOverlap = this;
|
|
if ( !pFirstOverlapParent->mpLastOverlap )
|
|
pFirstOverlapParent->mpLastOverlap = this;
|
|
else
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pParent->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = pParent;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = pParent->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
mpPrev = pParent->mpLastChild;
|
|
pParent->mpLastChild = this;
|
|
if ( !pParent->mpFirstChild )
|
|
pParent->mpFirstChild = this;
|
|
else
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = this;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplRemoveWindow( BOOL bRemoveFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
// Fenster aus den Listen austragen
|
|
if ( !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap == this )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap = mpNextOverlap;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pTempWin = mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWin->mpNextOverlap != this )
|
|
pTempWin = pTempWin->mpNextOverlap;
|
|
pTempWin->mpNextOverlap = mpNextOverlap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = mpPrev;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpFirstChild = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpLastChild = mpPrev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpPrev = NULL;
|
|
mpNext = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bRemoveFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
// Graphic freigeben
|
|
ImplReleaseGraphics();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallResize()
|
|
{
|
|
mbCallResize = FALSE;
|
|
Resize();
|
|
|
|
// Forward size to embedded java frame. As stated below, derived
|
|
// classes don't always call our Resize, thus this extra step here
|
|
// is required.
|
|
if( mxCanvasWindow.is() )
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffX,
|
|
mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight, 0 );
|
|
|
|
// #88419# Most classes don't call the base class in Resize() and Move(),
|
|
// => Call ImpleResize/Move instead of Resize/Move directly...
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_RESIZE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallMove()
|
|
{
|
|
mbCallMove = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// update frame position
|
|
SalFrame *mpParentFrame = NULL;
|
|
Window *pParent = ImplGetParent();
|
|
while( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pParent->mpFrame != mpFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
mpParentFrame = pParent->mpFrame;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pParent = pParent->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SalFrameGeometry g = mpFrame->GetGeometry();
|
|
maPos = Point( g.nX, g.nY );
|
|
if( mpParentFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
g = mpParentFrame->GetGeometry();
|
|
maPos -= Point( g.nX, g.nY );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Move();
|
|
|
|
// Forward physical position to embedded java frame. As stated
|
|
// above, derived classes don't always call our Resize, thus this
|
|
// extra step here is required.
|
|
if( mxCanvasWindow.is() )
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffX,
|
|
mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight, 0 );
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOVE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
static ULONG ImplAutoHelpID()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !Application::IsAutoHelpIdEnabled() )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
ULONG nHID = 0;
|
|
|
|
ResMgr *pResMgr = Resource::GetResManager();
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pResMgr, "MM hat gesagt, dass wir immer einen haben" );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pResMgr->nTopRes, "MM hat gesagt, dass der Stack nie leer ist" );
|
|
if( !pResMgr || pResMgr->nTopRes < 1 || pResMgr->nTopRes > 2 )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
const ImpRCStack *pRC = pResMgr->StackTop( pResMgr->nTopRes==1 ? 0 : 1 );
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pRC->pResource, "MM hat gesagt, dass der immer einen hat" );
|
|
ULONG nGID = pRC->pResource->GetId();
|
|
|
|
if( !nGID || nGID > 32767 )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// GGGg gggg::gggg gggg::ggLL LLLl::llll llll
|
|
switch( pRC->pResource->GetRT() ) { // maximal 7
|
|
case RSC_DOCKINGWINDOW:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
case RSC_WORKWIN:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
case RSC_MODELESSDIALOG:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
case RSC_FLOATINGWINDOW:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
case RSC_MODALDIALOG:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
case RSC_TABPAGE:
|
|
nHID += 0x20000000L;
|
|
|
|
if( pResMgr->nTopRes == 2 ) {
|
|
pRC = pResMgr->StackTop();
|
|
ULONG nLID = pRC->pResource->GetId();
|
|
|
|
if( !nLID || nLID > 511 )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
switch( pRC->pResource->GetRT() ) { // maximal 32
|
|
case RSC_TABCONTROL: nHID |= 0x0000; break;
|
|
case RSC_RADIOBUTTON: nHID |= 0x0200; break;
|
|
case RSC_CHECKBOX: nHID |= 0x0400; break;
|
|
case RSC_TRISTATEBOX: nHID |= 0x0600; break;
|
|
case RSC_EDIT: nHID |= 0x0800; break;
|
|
case RSC_MULTILINEEDIT: nHID |= 0x0A00; break;
|
|
case RSC_MULTILISTBOX: nHID |= 0x0C00; break;
|
|
case RSC_LISTBOX: nHID |= 0x0E00; break;
|
|
case RSC_COMBOBOX: nHID |= 0x1000; break;
|
|
case RSC_PUSHBUTTON: nHID |= 0x1200; break;
|
|
case RSC_SPINFIELD: nHID |= 0x1400; break;
|
|
case RSC_PATTERNFIELD: nHID |= 0x1600; break;
|
|
case RSC_NUMERICFIELD: nHID |= 0x1800; break;
|
|
case RSC_METRICFIELD: nHID |= 0x1A00; break;
|
|
case RSC_CURRENCYFIELD: nHID |= 0x1C00; break;
|
|
case RSC_DATEFIELD: nHID |= 0x1E00; break;
|
|
case RSC_TIMEFIELD: nHID |= 0x2000; break;
|
|
case RSC_IMAGERADIOBUTTON: nHID |= 0x2200; break;
|
|
case RSC_NUMERICBOX: nHID |= 0x2400; break;
|
|
case RSC_METRICBOX: nHID |= 0x2600; break;
|
|
case RSC_CURRENCYBOX: nHID |= 0x2800; break;
|
|
case RSC_DATEBOX: nHID |= 0x2A00; break;
|
|
case RSC_TIMEBOX: nHID |= 0x2C00; break;
|
|
case RSC_IMAGEBUTTON: nHID |= 0x2E00; break;
|
|
case RSC_MENUBUTTON: nHID |= 0x3000; break;
|
|
case RSC_MOREBUTTON: nHID |= 0x3200; break;
|
|
default:
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} // of switch
|
|
nHID |= nLID;
|
|
} // of if
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} // of switch
|
|
nHID |= nGID << 14;
|
|
return nHID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
WinBits Window::ImplInitRes( const ResId& rResId )
|
|
{
|
|
GetRes( rResId );
|
|
|
|
char* pRes = (char*)GetClassRes();
|
|
pRes += 4;
|
|
ULONG nStyle = GetLongRes( (void*)pRes );
|
|
((ResId&)rResId).aWinBits = nStyle;
|
|
return nStyle;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplLoadRes( const ResId& rResId )
|
|
{
|
|
// newer move this line after IncrementRes
|
|
char* pRes = (char*)GetClassRes();
|
|
pRes += 8;
|
|
ULONG nHelpId = (ULONG)GetLongRes( (void*)pRes );
|
|
if ( !nHelpId )
|
|
nHelpId = ImplAutoHelpID();
|
|
SetHelpId( nHelpId );
|
|
|
|
USHORT nObjMask = (USHORT)ReadShortRes();
|
|
|
|
// ResourceStyle
|
|
USHORT nRSStyle = ReadShortRes();
|
|
// WinBits
|
|
ReadLongRes();
|
|
// HelpId
|
|
ReadLongRes();
|
|
|
|
BOOL bPos = FALSE;
|
|
BOOL bSize = FALSE;
|
|
Point aPos;
|
|
Size aSize;
|
|
|
|
if ( nObjMask & (WINDOW_XYMAPMODE | WINDOW_X | WINDOW_Y) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Groessenangabe aus der Resource verwenden
|
|
MapUnit ePosMap = MAP_PIXEL;
|
|
|
|
bPos = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_XYMAPMODE )
|
|
ePosMap = (MapUnit)(USHORT)ReadShortRes();
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_X )
|
|
aPos.X() = ImplLogicUnitToPixelX( ReadLongRes(), ePosMap );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_Y )
|
|
aPos.Y() = ImplLogicUnitToPixelY( ReadLongRes(), ePosMap );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nObjMask & (WINDOW_WHMAPMODE | WINDOW_WIDTH | WINDOW_HEIGHT) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Groessenangabe aus der Resource verwenden
|
|
MapUnit eSizeMap = MAP_PIXEL;
|
|
|
|
bSize = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_WHMAPMODE )
|
|
eSizeMap = (MapUnit)(USHORT)ReadShortRes();
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_WIDTH )
|
|
aSize.Width() = ImplLogicUnitToPixelX( ReadLongRes(), eSizeMap );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_HEIGHT )
|
|
aSize.Height() = ImplLogicUnitToPixelY( ReadLongRes(), eSizeMap );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Wegen Optimierung so schlimm aussehend
|
|
if ( nRSStyle & RSWND_CLIENTSIZE )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bPos )
|
|
SetPosPixel( aPos );
|
|
if ( bSize )
|
|
SetOutputSizePixel( aSize );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( bPos && bSize )
|
|
SetPosSizePixel( aPos, aSize );
|
|
else if ( bPos )
|
|
SetPosPixel( aPos );
|
|
else if ( bSize )
|
|
SetSizePixel( aSize );
|
|
|
|
if ( nRSStyle & RSWND_DISABLED )
|
|
Enable( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_TEXT )
|
|
SetText( ReadStringRes() );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_HELPTEXT )
|
|
SetHelpText( ReadStringRes() );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_QUICKTEXT )
|
|
SetQuickHelpText( ReadStringRes() );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_EXTRALONG )
|
|
SetData( (void*)ReadLongRes() );
|
|
if ( nObjMask & WINDOW_UNIQUEID )
|
|
SetUniqueId( (ULONG)ReadLongRes() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
ImplWinData* Window::ImplGetWinData() const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpWinData )
|
|
{
|
|
static const char* pNoNWF = getenv( "SAL_NO_NWF" );
|
|
|
|
((Window*)this)->mpWinData = new ImplWinData;
|
|
mpWinData->mpExtOldText = NULL;
|
|
mpWinData->mpExtOldAttrAry = NULL;
|
|
mpWinData->mpCursorRect = 0;
|
|
mpWinData->mnCursorExtWidth = 0;
|
|
mpWinData->mpFocusRect = NULL;
|
|
mpWinData->mpTrackRect = NULL;
|
|
mpWinData->mnTrackFlags = 0;
|
|
mpWinData->mnIsTopWindow = (USHORT) ~0; // not initialized yet, 0/1 will indicate TopWindow (see IsTopWindow())
|
|
mpWinData->mbMouseOver = FALSE;
|
|
mpWinData->mbEnableNativeWidget = (pNoNWF && *pNoNWF) ? FALSE : TRUE; // TRUE: try to draw this control with native theme API
|
|
mpWinData->mpSalControlHandle = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mpWinData;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
SalGraphics* Window::ImplGetFrameGraphics() const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow->mpGraphics )
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
mpFrameWindow->ImplGetGraphics();
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mpGraphics->ResetClipRegion();
|
|
return mpFrameWindow->mpGraphics;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::ImplFindWindow( const Point& rFramePos )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Window* pTempWindow;
|
|
Window* pFindWindow;
|
|
|
|
// Zuerst alle ueberlappenden Fenster ueberpruefen
|
|
pTempWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pFindWindow = pTempWindow->ImplFindWindow( rFramePos );
|
|
if ( pFindWindow )
|
|
return pFindWindow;
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// dann testen wir unser Fenster
|
|
if ( !mbVisible )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
USHORT nHitTest = ImplHitTest( rFramePos );
|
|
if ( nHitTest & WINDOW_HITTEST_INSIDE )
|
|
{
|
|
// und danach gehen wir noch alle Child-Fenster durch
|
|
pTempWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pFindWindow = pTempWindow->ImplFindWindow( rFramePos );
|
|
if ( pFindWindow )
|
|
return pFindWindow;
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nHitTest & WINDOW_HITTEST_TRANSPARENT )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::ImplHitTest( const Point& rFramePos )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aFramePos( rFramePos );
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// - RTL - re-mirror frame pos at this window
|
|
ImplReMirror( aFramePos );
|
|
}
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
if ( !aRect.IsInside( aFramePos ) )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aTempPos = aFramePos;
|
|
aTempPos.X() -= mnOutOffX;
|
|
aTempPos.Y() -= mnOutOffY;
|
|
if ( !maWinRegion.IsInside( aTempPos ) )
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
USHORT nHitTest = WINDOW_HITTEST_INSIDE;
|
|
if ( mbMouseTransparent )
|
|
nHitTest |= WINDOW_HITTEST_TRANSPARENT;
|
|
return nHitTest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplIsRealParentPath( const Window* pWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->GetParent();
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow == this )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplIsChild( const Window* pWindow, BOOL bSystemWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !bSystemWindow && pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow == this )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplIsWindowOrChild( const Window* pWindow, BOOL bSystemWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( this == pWindow )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return ImplIsChild( pWindow, bSystemWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::ImplGetSameParent( const Window* pWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow != pWindow->mpFrameWindow )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplIsChild( this ) )
|
|
return (Window*)pWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pTestWindow = (Window*)this;
|
|
while ( (pTestWindow == pWindow) || pTestWindow->ImplIsChild( pWindow ) )
|
|
pTestWindow = pTestWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
return pTestWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
int Window::ImplTestMousePointerSet()
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn Mouse gecaptured ist, dann soll MousePointer umgeschaltet werden
|
|
if ( IsMouseCaptured() )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// Wenn sich Mouse ueber dem Fenster befindet, dann soll MousePointer
|
|
// umgeschaltet werden
|
|
Rectangle aClientRect( Point( 0, 0 ), GetOutputSizePixel() );
|
|
if ( aClientRect.IsInside( GetPointerPosPixel() ) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
PointerStyle Window::ImplGetMousePointer() const
|
|
{
|
|
PointerStyle ePointerStyle;
|
|
BOOL bWait = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( IsEnabled() && IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
ePointerStyle = GetPointer().GetStyle();
|
|
else
|
|
ePointerStyle = POINTER_ARROW;
|
|
|
|
const Window* pWindow = this;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn Pointer nicht sichtbar, dann wird suche abgebrochen, da
|
|
// dieser Status nicht ueberschrieben werden darf
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbNoPtrVisible )
|
|
return POINTER_NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ( !bWait )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mnWaitCount )
|
|
{
|
|
ePointerStyle = POINTER_WAIT;
|
|
bWait = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbChildPtrOverwrite )
|
|
ePointerStyle = pWindow->GetPointer().GetStyle();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
|
|
return ePointerStyle;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplResetReallyVisible()
|
|
{
|
|
mbDevOutput = FALSE;
|
|
mbReallyVisible = FALSE;
|
|
mbReallyShown = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplResetReallyVisible();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplResetReallyVisible();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplSetReallyVisible()
|
|
{
|
|
mbDevOutput = TRUE;
|
|
mbReallyVisible = TRUE;
|
|
mbReallyShown = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplSetReallyVisible();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplSetReallyVisible();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallInitShow()
|
|
{
|
|
mbReallyShown = TRUE;
|
|
mbInInitShow = TRUE;
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_INITSHOW );
|
|
mbInInitShow = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallInitShow();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallInitShow();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplAddDel( ImplDelData* pDel )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( !pDel->mpWindow, "Window::ImplAddDel(): cannot add ImplDelData twice !" );
|
|
if( !pDel->mpWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pDel->mpWindow = this; // #112873# store ref to this window, so pDel can remove itself
|
|
pDel->mpNext = mpFirstDel;
|
|
mpFirstDel = pDel;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplRemoveDel( ImplDelData* pDel )
|
|
{
|
|
pDel->mpWindow = NULL; // #112873# pDel is not associated with a Window anymore
|
|
if ( mpFirstDel == pDel )
|
|
mpFirstDel = pDel->mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ImplDelData* pData = mpFirstDel;
|
|
while ( pData->mpNext != pDel )
|
|
pData = pData->mpNext;
|
|
pData->mpNext = pDel->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInitResolutionSettings()
|
|
{
|
|
// AppFont-Aufloesung und DPI-Aufloesung neu berechnen
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = maSettings.GetStyleSettings();
|
|
USHORT nScreenZoom = rStyleSettings.GetScreenZoom();
|
|
mnDPIX = (mpFrameData->mnDPIX*nScreenZoom)/100;
|
|
mnDPIY = (mpFrameData->mnDPIY*nScreenZoom)/100;
|
|
SetPointFont( rStyleSettings.GetAppFont() );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( mpParent )
|
|
{
|
|
mnDPIX = mpParent->mnDPIX;
|
|
mnDPIY = mpParent->mnDPIY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Vorberechnete Werte fuer logische Einheiten updaten und auch
|
|
// die entsprechenden Tools dazu
|
|
if ( IsMapMode() )
|
|
{
|
|
MapMode aMapMode = GetMapMode();
|
|
SetMapMode();
|
|
SetMapMode( aMapMode );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplPointToLogic( Font& rFont ) const
|
|
{
|
|
Size aSize = rFont.GetSize();
|
|
USHORT nScreenFontZoom = maSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetScreenFontZoom();
|
|
|
|
if ( aSize.Width() )
|
|
{
|
|
aSize.Width() *= mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX;
|
|
aSize.Width() += 72/2;
|
|
aSize.Width() /= 72;
|
|
aSize.Width() *= nScreenFontZoom;
|
|
aSize.Width() /= 100;
|
|
}
|
|
aSize.Height() *= mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY;
|
|
aSize.Height() += 72/2;
|
|
aSize.Height() /= 72;
|
|
aSize.Height() *= nScreenFontZoom;
|
|
aSize.Height() /= 100;
|
|
|
|
if ( IsMapModeEnabled() )
|
|
aSize = PixelToLogic( aSize );
|
|
|
|
rFont.SetSize( aSize );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplLogicToPoint( Font& rFont ) const
|
|
{
|
|
Size aSize = rFont.GetSize();
|
|
USHORT nScreenFontZoom = maSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetScreenFontZoom();
|
|
|
|
if ( IsMapModeEnabled() )
|
|
aSize = LogicToPixel( aSize );
|
|
|
|
if ( aSize.Width() )
|
|
{
|
|
aSize.Width() *= 100;
|
|
aSize.Width() /= nScreenFontZoom;
|
|
aSize.Width() *= 72;
|
|
aSize.Width() += mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX/2;
|
|
aSize.Width() /= mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX;
|
|
}
|
|
aSize.Height() *= 100;
|
|
aSize.Height() /= nScreenFontZoom;
|
|
aSize.Height() *= 72;
|
|
aSize.Height() += mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY/2;
|
|
aSize.Height() /= mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY;
|
|
|
|
rFont.SetSize( aSize );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplSysObjClip( const Region* pOldRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bUpdate = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bVisibleState = mbReallyVisible;
|
|
|
|
if ( bVisibleState )
|
|
{
|
|
Region* pWinChildClipRegion = ImplGetWinChildClipRegion();
|
|
|
|
if ( !pWinChildClipRegion->IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pOldRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aNewRegion = *pWinChildClipRegion;
|
|
pWinChildClipRegion->Intersect( *pOldRegion );
|
|
bUpdate = aNewRegion == *pWinChildClipRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
Region aRegion = *pWinChildClipRegion;
|
|
Rectangle aWinRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aWinRectRegion( aWinRect );
|
|
USHORT nClipFlags = mpSysObj->GetClipRegionType();
|
|
|
|
if ( aRegion == aWinRectRegion )
|
|
mpSysObj->ResetClipRegion();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nClipFlags & SAL_OBJECT_CLIP_EXCLUDERECTS )
|
|
{
|
|
aWinRectRegion.Exclude( aRegion );
|
|
aRegion = aWinRectRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !(nClipFlags & SAL_OBJECT_CLIP_ABSOLUTE) )
|
|
aRegion.Move( -mnOutOffX, -mnOutOffY );
|
|
|
|
// ClipRegion setzen/updaten
|
|
long nX;
|
|
long nY;
|
|
long nWidth;
|
|
long nHeight;
|
|
ULONG nRectCount;
|
|
ImplRegionInfo aInfo;
|
|
BOOL bRegionRect;
|
|
|
|
nRectCount = aRegion.GetRectCount();
|
|
mpSysObj->BeginSetClipRegion( nRectCount );
|
|
bRegionRect = aRegion.ImplGetFirstRect( aInfo, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight );
|
|
while ( bRegionRect )
|
|
{
|
|
mpSysObj->UnionClipRegion( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight );
|
|
bRegionRect = aRegion.ImplGetNextRect( aInfo, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight );
|
|
}
|
|
mpSysObj->EndSetClipRegion();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
bVisibleState = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Visible-Status updaten
|
|
mpSysObj->Show( bVisibleState );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bUpdate;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateSysObjChildsClip()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpSysObj && mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
ImplSysObjClip( NULL );
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplUpdateSysObjChildsClip();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateSysObjOverlapsClip()
|
|
{
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjChildsClip();
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplUpdateSysObjOverlapsClip();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateSysObjClip()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjChildsClip();
|
|
|
|
// Schwestern muessen ihre ClipRegion auch neu berechnen
|
|
if ( mbClipSiblings )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpNext;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplUpdateSysObjChildsClip();
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mpFrameWindow->ImplUpdateSysObjOverlapsClip();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplSetClipFlagChilds( BOOL bSysObjOnlySmaller )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bUpdate = TRUE;
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
{
|
|
Region* pOldRegion = NULL;
|
|
if ( bSysObjOnlySmaller && !mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
pOldRegion = new Region( maWinClipRegion );
|
|
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
mbInitWinClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pWindow->ImplSetClipFlagChilds( bSysObjOnlySmaller ) )
|
|
bUpdate = FALSE;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !ImplSysObjClip( pOldRegion ) )
|
|
{
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
mbInitWinClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
bUpdate = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pOldRegion )
|
|
delete pOldRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
mbInitWinClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pWindow->ImplSetClipFlagChilds( bSysObjOnlySmaller ) )
|
|
bUpdate = FALSE;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bUpdate;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplSetClipFlagOverlapWindows( BOOL bSysObjOnlySmaller )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bUpdate = ImplSetClipFlagChilds( bSysObjOnlySmaller );
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pWindow->ImplSetClipFlagOverlapWindows( bSysObjOnlySmaller ) )
|
|
bUpdate = FALSE;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bUpdate;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplSetClipFlag( BOOL bSysObjOnlySmaller )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bUpdate = ImplSetClipFlagChilds( bSysObjOnlySmaller );
|
|
|
|
Window* pParent = ImplGetParent();
|
|
if ( pParent &&
|
|
((pParent->GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN) || (mnParentClipMode & PARENTCLIPMODE_CLIP)) )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent->mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
pParent->mbInitChildRegion = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Schwestern muessen ihre ClipRegion auch neu berechnen
|
|
if ( mbClipSiblings )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpNext;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pWindow->ImplSetClipFlagChilds( bSysObjOnlySmaller ) )
|
|
bUpdate = FALSE;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bUpdate;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return mpFrameWindow->ImplSetClipFlagOverlapWindows( bSysObjOnlySmaller );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplIntersectWindowClipRegion( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
ImplInitWinClipRegion();
|
|
|
|
rRegion.Intersect( maWinClipRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplIntersectWindowRegion( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
rRegion.Intersect( Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
rRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplExcludeWindowRegion( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint,
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
rRegion.Exclude( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
rRegion.Exclude( Rectangle( aPoint,
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplExcludeOverlapWindows( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeWindowRegion( rRegion );
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeOverlapWindows( rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplExcludeOverlapWindows2( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbReallyVisible )
|
|
ImplExcludeWindowRegion( rRegion );
|
|
|
|
ImplExcludeOverlapWindows( rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplClipBoundaries( Region& rRegion, BOOL bThis, BOOL bOverlaps )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bThis )
|
|
ImplIntersectWindowClipRegion( rRegion );
|
|
else if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Evt. noch am Frame clippen
|
|
if ( !mbFrame )
|
|
rRegion.Intersect( Rectangle( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( mpFrameWindow->mnOutWidth, mpFrameWindow->mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( bOverlaps && !rRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Clip Overlap Siblings
|
|
Window* pStartOverlapWindow = this;
|
|
while ( !pStartOverlapWindow->mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = pStartOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow && (pOverlapWindow != pStartOverlapWindow) )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapWindow->ImplExcludeOverlapWindows2( rRegion );
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
pStartOverlapWindow = pStartOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clip Child Overlap Windows
|
|
ImplExcludeOverlapWindows( rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
ImplGetParent()->ImplIntersectWindowClipRegion( rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplClipChilds( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bOtherClip = FALSE;
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// ParentClipMode-Flags auswerten
|
|
USHORT nClipMode = pWindow->GetParentClipMode();
|
|
if ( !(nClipMode & PARENTCLIPMODE_NOCLIP) &&
|
|
((nClipMode & PARENTCLIPMODE_CLIP) || (GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN)) )
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeWindowRegion( rRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
bOtherClip = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bOtherClip;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplClipAllChilds( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeWindowRegion( rRegion );
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplClipSiblings( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = ImplGetParent()->mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow == this )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeWindowRegion( rRegion );
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInitWinClipRegion()
|
|
{
|
|
// Build Window Region
|
|
maWinClipRegion = Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
maWinClipRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
|
|
// ClipSiblings
|
|
if ( mbClipSiblings && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
ImplClipSiblings( maWinClipRegion );
|
|
|
|
// Clip Parent Boundaries
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( maWinClipRegion, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
// Clip Children
|
|
if ( (GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN) || mbClipChildren )
|
|
mbInitChildRegion = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
mbInitWinClipRegion = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInitWinChildClipRegion()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpFirstChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpChildClipRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
delete mpChildClipRegion;
|
|
mpChildClipRegion = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpChildClipRegion )
|
|
mpChildClipRegion = new Region( maWinClipRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
*mpChildClipRegion = maWinClipRegion;
|
|
|
|
ImplClipChilds( *mpChildClipRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mbInitChildRegion = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Region* Window::ImplGetWinChildClipRegion()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
ImplInitWinClipRegion();
|
|
if ( mbInitChildRegion )
|
|
ImplInitWinChildClipRegion();
|
|
if ( mpChildClipRegion )
|
|
return mpChildClipRegion;
|
|
else
|
|
return &maWinClipRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows( const Region& rInterRegion, Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aTempRegion( rInterRegion );
|
|
pWindow->ImplIntersectWindowRegion( aTempRegion );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
pWindow->ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows( rInterRegion, rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows2( const Region& rInterRegion, Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aTempRegion( rInterRegion );
|
|
ImplIntersectWindowRegion( aTempRegion );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows( rInterRegion, rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCalcOverlapRegionOverlaps( const Region& rInterRegion, Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
// Clip Overlap Siblings
|
|
Window* pStartOverlapWindow;
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pStartOverlapWindow = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
pStartOverlapWindow = this;
|
|
while ( !pStartOverlapWindow->mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = pStartOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow && (pOverlapWindow != pStartOverlapWindow) )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapWindow->ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows2( rInterRegion, rRegion );
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
pStartOverlapWindow = pStartOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clip Child Overlap Windows
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows( rInterRegion, rRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplIntersectAndUnionOverlapWindows( rInterRegion, rRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCalcOverlapRegion( const Rectangle& rSourceRect, Region& rRegion,
|
|
BOOL bChilds, BOOL bParent, BOOL bSiblings )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion( rSourceRect );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
rRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
Region aTempRegion;
|
|
Window* pWindow;
|
|
|
|
ImplCalcOverlapRegionOverlaps( aRegion, rRegion );
|
|
|
|
// Parent-Boundaries
|
|
if ( bParent )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = this;
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = ImplGetParent();
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
aTempRegion = aRegion;
|
|
pWindow->ImplExcludeWindowRegion( aTempRegion );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !pWindow->mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
aTempRegion = aRegion;
|
|
aTempRegion.Exclude( Rectangle( Point( 0, 0 ), Size( mpFrameWindow->mnOutWidth, mpFrameWindow->mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Siblings
|
|
if ( bSiblings && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = mpParent->mpFirstChild;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible && (pWindow != this) )
|
|
{
|
|
aTempRegion = aRegion;
|
|
pWindow->ImplIntersectWindowRegion( aTempRegion );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Childs
|
|
if ( bChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
aTempRegion = aRegion;
|
|
pWindow->ImplIntersectWindowRegion( aTempRegion );
|
|
rRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallPaint( const Region* pRegion, USHORT nPaintFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
mbPaintFrame = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINT | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS | (nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL);
|
|
if ( nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS;
|
|
if ( nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_ERASE )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_ERASE;
|
|
if ( nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_CHECKRTL )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_CHECKRTL;
|
|
if ( !mpFirstChild )
|
|
mnPaintFlags &= ~IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS;
|
|
|
|
if ( mbPaintDisabled )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL )
|
|
Invalidate( INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOERASE | INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT | INVALIDATE_NOCLIPCHILDREN );
|
|
else if ( pRegion )
|
|
Invalidate( *pRegion, INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOERASE | INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT | INVALIDATE_NOCLIPCHILDREN );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nPaintFlags = mnPaintFlags & ~(IMPL_PAINT_PAINT);
|
|
|
|
Region* pChildRegion = NULL;
|
|
Rectangle aSelectionRect;
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINT )
|
|
{
|
|
Region* pWinChildClipRegion = ImplGetWinChildClipRegion();
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL )
|
|
maInvalidateRegion = *pWinChildClipRegion;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pRegion )
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Union( *pRegion );
|
|
|
|
if( mpWinData && mbTrackVisible )
|
|
/* #98602# need to repaint all children within the
|
|
* tracking rectangle, so the following invert
|
|
* operation takes places without traces of the previous
|
|
* one.
|
|
*/
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Union( *mpWinData->mpTrackRect );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS )
|
|
pChildRegion = new Region( maInvalidateRegion );
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Intersect( *pWinChildClipRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
mnPaintFlags = 0;
|
|
if ( !maInvalidateRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplHide();
|
|
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
mbInPaint = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// Paint-Region zuruecksetzen
|
|
Region aPaintRegion( maInvalidateRegion );
|
|
Rectangle aPaintRect = aPaintRegion.GetBoundRect();
|
|
|
|
// - RTL - re-mirror paint rect and region at this window
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplReMirror( aPaintRect );
|
|
ImplReMirror( aPaintRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
aPaintRect = ImplDevicePixelToLogic( aPaintRect);
|
|
mpPaintRegion = &aPaintRegion;
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.SetEmpty();
|
|
|
|
if ( (nPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_ERASE) && IsBackground() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsClipRegion() )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aOldRegion = GetClipRegion();
|
|
SetClipRegion();
|
|
Erase();
|
|
SetClipRegion( aOldRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Erase();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// #98943# trigger drawing of toolbox selection after all childern are painted
|
|
if( mbDrawSelectionBackground )
|
|
aSelectionRect = aPaintRect;
|
|
|
|
Paint( aPaintRect );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpWinData )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbFocusVisible )
|
|
ImplInvertFocus( *(mpWinData->mpFocusRect) );
|
|
}
|
|
mbInPaint = FALSE;
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
mpPaintRegion = NULL;
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplShow( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mnPaintFlags = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( nPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS) )
|
|
{
|
|
// die Childfenster ausgeben
|
|
Window* pTempWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->mbVisible )
|
|
pTempWindow->ImplCallPaint( pChildRegion, nPaintFlags );
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpWinData && mbTrackVisible && (mpWinData->mnTrackFlags & SHOWTRACK_WINDOW) )
|
|
/* #98602# need to invert the tracking rect AFTER
|
|
* the children have painted
|
|
*/
|
|
InvertTracking( *(mpWinData->mpTrackRect), mpWinData->mnTrackFlags );
|
|
|
|
// #98943# draw toolbox selection
|
|
if( !aSelectionRect.IsEmpty() )
|
|
DrawSelectionBackground( aSelectionRect, 2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( pChildRegion )
|
|
delete pChildRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallOverlapPaint()
|
|
{
|
|
// Zuerst geben wir die ueberlappenden Fenster aus
|
|
Window* pTempWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pTempWindow->ImplCallOverlapPaint();
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// und dann erst uns selber
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINT | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS) )
|
|
{
|
|
// - RTL - notify ImplCallPaint to check for re-mirroring (CHECKRTL)
|
|
// because we were called from the Sal layer
|
|
ImplCallPaint( NULL, mnPaintFlags /*| IMPL_PAINT_CHECKRTL */);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplPostPaint()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.IsActive() )
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.Start();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
IMPL_LINK( Window, ImplHandlePaintHdl, void*, EMPTYARG )
|
|
{
|
|
// save paint events until resizing is done
|
|
if( mbFrame && mpFrameData->maResizeTimer.IsActive() )
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.Start();
|
|
else if ( mbReallyVisible )
|
|
ImplCallOverlapPaint();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
IMPL_LINK( Window, ImplHandleResizeTimerHdl, void*, EMPTYARG )
|
|
{
|
|
if( mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallResize();
|
|
if( mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.IsActive() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.Stop();
|
|
mpFrameData->maPaintTimer.GetTimeoutHdl().Call( NULL );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( const Region* pRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
// PAINTCHILDS bei allen Parent-Fenster bis zum ersten OverlapWindow
|
|
// setzen
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pTempWindow = this;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS )
|
|
break;
|
|
pTempWindow->mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !pTempWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint-Flags setzen
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINT;
|
|
if ( nFlags & INVALIDATE_CHILDREN )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & INVALIDATE_NOERASE) )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_ERASE;
|
|
if ( !pRegion )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL;
|
|
|
|
// Wenn nicht alles neu ausgegeben werden muss, dann die Region
|
|
// dazupacken
|
|
if ( !(mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL) )
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Union( *pRegion );
|
|
|
|
ImplPostPaint();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInvalidateOverlapFrameRegion( const Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion = rRegion;
|
|
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &aRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
|
|
// Dann invalidieren wir die ueberlappenden Fenster
|
|
Window* pTempWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->IsVisible() )
|
|
pTempWindow->ImplInvalidateOverlapFrameRegion( rRegion );
|
|
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInvalidateParentFrameRegion( Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbOverlapWin )
|
|
mpFrameWindow->ImplInvalidateOverlapFrameRegion( rRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplGetParent()->ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &rRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInvalidate( const Region* pRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
// Feststellen, was neu ausgegeben werden muss
|
|
BOOL bInvalidateAll = !pRegion;
|
|
|
|
// Transparent-Invalidate beruecksichtigen
|
|
Window* pWindow = this;
|
|
if ( (mbPaintTransparent && !(nFlags & INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT)) || (nFlags & INVALIDATE_TRANSPARENT) )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pTempWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
while ( pTempWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pTempWindow->IsPaintTransparent() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow = pTempWindow;
|
|
nFlags |= INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
bInvalidateAll = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Region zusammenbauen
|
|
USHORT nOrgFlags = nFlags;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & (INVALIDATE_CHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN)) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN )
|
|
nFlags |= INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN;
|
|
else
|
|
nFlags |= INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( (nFlags & INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN) && pWindow->mpFirstChild )
|
|
bInvalidateAll = FALSE;
|
|
if ( bInvalidateAll )
|
|
pWindow->ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
if ( pRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- remirror region before intersecting it
|
|
if ( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRgn( *pRegion );
|
|
ImplReMirror( aRgn );
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( aRgn );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( *pRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow->ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( nFlags & INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
{
|
|
nFlags &= ~INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & INVALIDATE_NOCLIPCHILDREN) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nOrgFlags & INVALIDATE_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
pWindow->ImplClipAllChilds( aRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplClipChilds( aRegion ) )
|
|
nFlags |= INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
pWindow->ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & INVALIDATE_UPDATE )
|
|
pWindow->Update();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplMoveInvalidateRegion( const Rectangle& rRect,
|
|
long nHorzScroll, long nVertScroll,
|
|
BOOL bChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( (mnPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINT | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL)) == IMPL_PAINT_PAINT )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aTempRegion = maInvalidateRegion;
|
|
aTempRegion.Intersect( rRect );
|
|
aTempRegion.Move( nHorzScroll, nVertScroll );
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Union( aTempRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChilds && (mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS) )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplMoveInvalidateRegion( rRect, nHorzScroll, nVertScroll, TRUE );
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplMoveAllInvalidateRegions( const Rectangle& rRect,
|
|
long nHorzScroll, long nVertScroll,
|
|
BOOL bChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
// Paint-Region auch verschieben, wenn noch Paints anstehen
|
|
ImplMoveInvalidateRegion( rRect, nHorzScroll, nVertScroll, bChilds );
|
|
// Paint-Region muss bei uns verschoben gesetzt werden, die durch
|
|
// die Parents gezeichnet werden
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aPaintAllRegion;
|
|
Window* pPaintAllWindow = this;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pPaintAllWindow = pPaintAllWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
if ( pPaintAllWindow->mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pPaintAllWindow->mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL )
|
|
{
|
|
aPaintAllRegion.SetEmpty();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
aPaintAllRegion.Union( pPaintAllWindow->maInvalidateRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !pPaintAllWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() );
|
|
if ( !aPaintAllRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
aPaintAllRegion.Move( nHorzScroll, nVertScroll );
|
|
USHORT nPaintFlags = 0;
|
|
if ( bChilds )
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &aPaintAllRegion, nPaintFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplValidateFrameRegion( const Region* pRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pRegion )
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.SetEmpty();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn alle Childfenster neu ausgegeben werden muessen,
|
|
// dann invalidieren wir diese vorher
|
|
if ( (mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS) && mpFirstChild )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aChildRegion = maInvalidateRegion;
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
aChildRegion = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->Invalidate( aChildRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
maInvalidateRegion = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
maInvalidateRegion.Exclude( *pRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
mnPaintFlags &= ~IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALL;
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & VALIDATE_CHILDREN )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->ImplValidateFrameRegion( pRegion, nFlags );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplValidate( const Region* pRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
// Region zusammenbauen
|
|
BOOL bValidateAll = !pRegion;
|
|
USHORT nOrgFlags = nFlags;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & (VALIDATE_CHILDREN | VALIDATE_NOCHILDREN)) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN )
|
|
nFlags |= VALIDATE_NOCHILDREN;
|
|
else
|
|
nFlags |= VALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( (nFlags & VALIDATE_NOCHILDREN) && mpFirstChild )
|
|
bValidateAll = FALSE;
|
|
if ( bValidateAll )
|
|
ImplValidateFrameRegion( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
if ( pRegion )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( *pRegion );
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( nFlags & VALIDATE_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
{
|
|
nFlags &= ~VALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
if ( nOrgFlags & VALIDATE_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
ImplClipAllChilds( aRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplClipChilds( aRegion ) )
|
|
nFlags |= VALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplValidateFrameRegion( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplScroll( const Rectangle& rRect,
|
|
long nHorzScroll, long nVertScroll, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
nHorzScroll = ImplLogicWidthToDevicePixel( nHorzScroll );
|
|
nVertScroll = ImplLogicHeightToDevicePixel( nVertScroll );
|
|
|
|
if ( !nHorzScroll && !nVertScroll )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplHide();
|
|
|
|
USHORT nOrgFlags = nFlags;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & (SCROLL_CHILDREN | SCROLL_NOCHILDREN)) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( GetStyle() & WB_CLIPCHILDREN )
|
|
nFlags |= SCROLL_NOCHILDREN;
|
|
else
|
|
nFlags |= SCROLL_CHILDREN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Region aInvalidateRegion;
|
|
BOOL bScrollChilds = (nFlags & SCROLL_CHILDREN) != 0;
|
|
BOOL bErase = (nFlags & SCROLL_NOERASE) == 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( !mpFirstChild )
|
|
bScrollChilds = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// --- RTL --- check if this window requires special action
|
|
BOOL bReMirror = ( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() );
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aRectMirror( rRect );
|
|
if( bReMirror )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- make sure the invalidate region of this window is
|
|
// computed in the same coordinate space as the one from the overlap windows
|
|
ImplReMirror( aRectMirror );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Paint-Bereiche anpassen
|
|
ImplMoveAllInvalidateRegions( aRectMirror, nHorzScroll, nVertScroll, bScrollChilds );
|
|
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & SCROLL_NOINVALIDATE) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCalcOverlapRegion( aRectMirror, aInvalidateRegion, !bScrollChilds, TRUE, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
// --- RTL ---
|
|
// if the scrolling on the device is performed in the opposite direction
|
|
// then move the overlaps in that direction to compute the invalidate region
|
|
// on the correct side, i.e., revert nHorzScroll
|
|
|
|
if ( !aInvalidateRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
aInvalidateRegion.Move( bReMirror ? -nHorzScroll : nHorzScroll, nVertScroll );
|
|
bErase = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & SCROLL_NOWINDOWINVALIDATE) )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aDestRect( aRectMirror );
|
|
aDestRect.Move( bReMirror ? -nHorzScroll : nHorzScroll, nVertScroll );
|
|
Region aWinInvalidateRegion( aRectMirror );
|
|
aWinInvalidateRegion.Exclude( aDestRect );
|
|
|
|
aInvalidateRegion.Union( aWinInvalidateRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint, Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
if ( nFlags & SCROLL_CLIP )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( rRect );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
|
|
aRegion.Exclude( aInvalidateRegion );
|
|
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !bScrollChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nOrgFlags & SCROLL_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
ImplClipAllChilds( aRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplClipChilds( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mbClipRegion && (nFlags & SCROLL_USECLIPREGION) )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( maRegion );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpWinData )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbFocusVisible )
|
|
ImplInvertFocus( *(mpWinData->mpFocusRect) );
|
|
if ( mbTrackVisible && (mpWinData->mnTrackFlags & SHOWTRACK_WINDOW) )
|
|
InvertTracking( *(mpWinData->mpTrackRect), mpWinData->mnTrackFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SalGraphics* pGraphics = ImplGetFrameGraphics();
|
|
if ( pGraphics )
|
|
{
|
|
if( bReMirror )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- frame coordinates require re-mirroring
|
|
ImplReMirror( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplSelectClipRegion( pGraphics, aRegion, this );
|
|
pGraphics->CopyArea( rRect.Left()+nHorzScroll, rRect.Top()+nVertScroll,
|
|
rRect.Left(), rRect.Top(),
|
|
rRect.GetWidth(), rRect.GetHeight(),
|
|
SAL_COPYAREA_WINDOWINVALIDATE, this );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpWinData )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbFocusVisible )
|
|
ImplInvertFocus( *(mpWinData->mpFocusRect) );
|
|
if ( mbTrackVisible && (mpWinData->mnTrackFlags & SHOWTRACK_WINDOW) )
|
|
InvertTracking( *(mpWinData->mpTrackRect), mpWinData->mnTrackFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !aInvalidateRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- the invalidate region for this windows is already computed in frame coordinates
|
|
// so it has to be re-mirrored before calling the Paint-handler
|
|
mnPaintFlags |= IMPL_PAINT_CHECKRTL;
|
|
|
|
USHORT nPaintFlags = INVALIDATE_CHILDREN;
|
|
if ( !bErase )
|
|
nPaintFlags |= INVALIDATE_NOERASE;
|
|
if ( !bScrollChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nOrgFlags & SCROLL_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
ImplClipAllChilds( aInvalidateRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplClipChilds( aInvalidateRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &aInvalidateRegion, nPaintFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bScrollChilds )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aDestRect( rRect );
|
|
Window* pWindow = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aWinRect( Point( pWindow->mnOutOffX, pWindow->mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( pWindow->mnOutWidth, pWindow->mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
if ( aDestRect.IsOver( aWinRect ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->mnX += nHorzScroll;
|
|
pWindow->maPos.X() += nHorzScroll;
|
|
pWindow->mnY += nVertScroll;
|
|
pWindow->maPos.Y() += nVertScroll;
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplUpdatePos() )
|
|
pWindow->ImplUpdateSysObjPos();
|
|
if ( pWindow->IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
pWindow->ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
if ( pWindow->mpClientWindow )
|
|
pWindow->mpClientWindow->maPos = pWindow->maPos;
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallMove();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->mbCallMove = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & SCROLL_UPDATE )
|
|
Update();
|
|
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplShow( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateAll( BOOL bOverlapWindows )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mbReallyVisible )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
BOOL bFlush = FALSE;
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow->mbPaintFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( 0, 0 );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint, Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
ImplInvalidateOverlapFrameRegion( aRegion );
|
|
if ( mbFrame || (mpBorderWindow && mpBorderWindow->mbFrame) )
|
|
bFlush = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Ein Update wirkt immer auf das OverlapWindow, damit bei spaeteren
|
|
// Paints nicht zuviel gemalt wird, wenn dort ALLCHILDREN usw. gesetzt
|
|
// ist
|
|
Window* pWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
if ( bOverlapWindows )
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallOverlapPaint();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mnPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINT | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS) )
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallPaint( NULL, pWindow->mnPaintFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bFlush )
|
|
Flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateWindowPtr( Window* pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow != pWindow->mpFrameWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Graphic freigeben
|
|
ImplReleaseGraphics();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpFrameData = pWindow->mpFrameData;
|
|
mpFrame = pWindow->mpFrame;
|
|
mpFrameWindow = pWindow->mpFrameWindow;
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = pWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow = pWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->ImplUpdateWindowPtr( pWindow );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateWindowPtr()
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->ImplUpdateWindowPtr( this );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateOverlapWindowPtr( BOOL bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bVisible = IsVisible();
|
|
Show( FALSE );
|
|
ImplRemoveWindow( bNewFrame );
|
|
Window* pRealParent = mpRealParent;
|
|
ImplInsertWindow( ImplGetParent() );
|
|
mpRealParent = pRealParent;
|
|
ImplUpdateWindowPtr();
|
|
if ( ImplUpdatePos() )
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjPos();
|
|
|
|
if ( bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pNextOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
pOverlapWindow->ImplUpdateOverlapWindowPtr( bNewFrame );
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pNextOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bVisible )
|
|
Show( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplUpdatePos()
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bSysChild = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
mnOutOffX = mnX;
|
|
mnOutOffY = mnY;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pParent = ImplGetParent();
|
|
|
|
mnOutOffX = mnX + pParent->mnOutOffX;
|
|
mnOutOffY = mnY + pParent->mnOutOffY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pChild->ImplUpdatePos() )
|
|
bSysChild = TRUE;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
bSysChild = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return bSysChild;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplUpdateSysObjPos()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
mpSysObj->SetPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY, mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight );
|
|
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->ImplUpdateSysObjPos();
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplPosSizeWindow( long nX, long nY,
|
|
long nWidth, long nHeight, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bNewPos = FALSE;
|
|
BOOL bNewSize = FALSE;
|
|
BOOL bNewWidth = FALSE;
|
|
BOOL bCopyBits = FALSE;
|
|
long nOldOutOffX = mnOutOffX;
|
|
long nOldOutOffY = mnOutOffY;
|
|
long nOldOutWidth = mnOutWidth;
|
|
long nOldOutHeight = mnOutHeight;
|
|
Region* pOverlapRegion = NULL;
|
|
Region* pOldRegion = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aOldWinRect( Point( nOldOutOffX, nOldOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( nOldOutWidth, nOldOutHeight ) );
|
|
pOldRegion = new Region( aOldWinRect );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
pOldRegion->Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnOutWidth && mnOutHeight && !mbPaintTransparent &&
|
|
!mbInitWinClipRegion && !maWinClipRegion.IsEmpty() &&
|
|
!HasPaintEvent() )
|
|
bCopyBits = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL bnXRecycled = FALSE; // avoid duplicate mirroring in RTL case
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_WIDTH )
|
|
{
|
|
if(!( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_X ))
|
|
{
|
|
nX = mnX;
|
|
nFlags |= WINDOW_POSSIZE_X;
|
|
bnXRecycled = TRUE; // we're using a mnX which was already mirrored in RTL case
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nWidth < 0 )
|
|
nWidth = 0;
|
|
if ( nWidth != mnOutWidth )
|
|
{
|
|
mnOutWidth = nWidth;
|
|
bNewSize = TRUE;
|
|
bCopyBits = FALSE;
|
|
bNewWidth = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_HEIGHT )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nHeight < 0 )
|
|
nHeight = 0;
|
|
if ( nHeight != mnOutHeight )
|
|
{
|
|
mnOutHeight = nHeight;
|
|
bNewSize = TRUE;
|
|
bCopyBits = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_X )
|
|
{
|
|
long nOrgX = nX;
|
|
//if ( nX != mnX )
|
|
// --- RTL --- (compare the screen coordinates)
|
|
Point aPtDev( Point( nX+mnOutOffX, 0 ) );
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpGraphics->mirror( aPtDev.X(), this );
|
|
|
|
// #106948# always mirror our pos if our parent is not mirroring, even
|
|
// if we are also not mirroring
|
|
// --- RTL --- check if parent is in different coordinates
|
|
if( !bnXRecycled && mpParent && !mpParent->mbFrame && mpParent->ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !mpParent->IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror at parent window)
|
|
nX = mpParent->mnOutWidth - mnOutWidth - nX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mnAbsScreenX != aPtDev.X() || nX != mnX )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bCopyBits && !pOverlapRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapRegion = new Region();
|
|
ImplCalcOverlapRegion( Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ),
|
|
*pOverlapRegion, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
mnX = nX;
|
|
maPos.X() = nOrgX;
|
|
mnAbsScreenX = aPtDev.X(); // --- RTL --- (store real screen pos)
|
|
bNewPos = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nY != mnY )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bCopyBits && !pOverlapRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapRegion = new Region();
|
|
ImplCalcOverlapRegion( Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ),
|
|
*pOverlapRegion, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
mnY = nY;
|
|
maPos.Y() = nY;
|
|
bNewPos = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if ( nFlags & (WINDOW_POSSIZE_X|WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y) )
|
|
{
|
|
POINT aPt;
|
|
aPt.x = maPos.X();
|
|
aPt.y = maPos.Y();
|
|
ClientToScreen( mpFrame->maFrameData.mhWnd , &aPt );
|
|
maPos.X() = aPt.x;
|
|
maPos.Y() = aPt.y;
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( bNewPos || bNewSize )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bUpdateSysObjPos = FALSE;
|
|
if ( bNewPos )
|
|
bUpdateSysObjPos = ImplUpdatePos();
|
|
|
|
if ( mpClientWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpClientWindow->ImplPosSizeWindow( mpClientWindow->mnLeftBorder,
|
|
mpClientWindow->mnTopBorder,
|
|
mnOutWidth-mpClientWindow->mnLeftBorder-mpClientWindow->mnRightBorder,
|
|
mnOutHeight-mpClientWindow->mnTopBorder-mpClientWindow->mnBottomBorder,
|
|
WINDOW_POSSIZE_X | WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y |
|
|
WINDOW_POSSIZE_WIDTH | WINDOW_POSSIZE_HEIGHT );
|
|
// Wenn wir ein ClientWindow haben, dann hat dieses fuer die
|
|
// Applikation auch die Position des FloatingWindows
|
|
mpClientWindow->maPos = maPos;
|
|
if ( bNewPos )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpClientWindow->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpClientWindow->ImplCallMove();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
mpClientWindow->mbCallMove = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
maPos = mpBorderWindow->maPos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Move()/Resize() werden erst bei Show() gerufen, damit min. eins vor
|
|
// einem Show() kommt
|
|
if ( IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bNewPos )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallMove();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( bNewSize )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallResize();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bNewPos )
|
|
mbCallMove = TRUE;
|
|
if ( bNewSize )
|
|
mbCallResize = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL bUpdateSysObjClip = FALSE;
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bNewPos || bNewSize )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpOverlapData && mpOverlapData->mpSaveBackDev )
|
|
ImplDeleteOverlapBackground();
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
// Clip-Flag neu setzen
|
|
bUpdateSysObjClip = !ImplSetClipFlag( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fensterinhalt invalidieren ?
|
|
if ( bNewPos || (mnOutWidth > nOldOutWidth) || (mnOutHeight > nOldOutHeight) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bNewPos )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bInvalidate = FALSE;
|
|
BOOL bParentPaint = TRUE;
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
bParentPaint = mpParent->IsPaintEnabled();
|
|
if ( bCopyBits && bParentPaint && !HasPaintEvent() )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint,
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !pOverlapRegion->IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapRegion->Move( mnOutOffX-nOldOutOffX, mnOutOffY-nOldOutOffY );
|
|
aRegion.Exclude( *pOverlapRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Paint-Bereiche anpassen
|
|
ImplMoveAllInvalidateRegions( Rectangle( Point( nOldOutOffX, nOldOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( nOldOutWidth, nOldOutHeight ) ),
|
|
mnOutOffX-nOldOutOffX, mnOutOffY-nOldOutOffY,
|
|
TRUE );
|
|
SalGraphics* pGraphics = ImplGetFrameGraphics();
|
|
if ( pGraphics )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bSelectClipRegion = ImplSelectClipRegion( pGraphics, aRegion, this );
|
|
if ( bSelectClipRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
pGraphics->CopyArea( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY,
|
|
nOldOutOffX, nOldOutOffY,
|
|
nOldOutWidth, nOldOutHeight,
|
|
SAL_COPYAREA_WINDOWINVALIDATE, this );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
bInvalidate = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
bInvalidate = TRUE;
|
|
if ( !bInvalidate )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pOverlapRegion->IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( pOverlapRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
bInvalidate = TRUE;
|
|
if ( bInvalidate )
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( NULL, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint,
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
aRegion.Exclude( *pOldRegion );
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
aRegion.Intersect( ImplPixelToDevicePixel( maWinRegion ) );
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( &aRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Parent oder Overlaps invalidieren
|
|
if ( bNewPos ||
|
|
(mnOutWidth < nOldOutWidth) || (mnOutHeight < nOldOutHeight) )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion( *pOldRegion );
|
|
if ( !mbPaintTransparent )
|
|
ImplExcludeWindowRegion( aRegion );
|
|
ImplClipBoundaries( aRegion, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() && !mpBorderWindow )
|
|
ImplInvalidateParentFrameRegion( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// System-Objekte anpassen
|
|
if ( bUpdateSysObjClip )
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjClip();
|
|
if ( bUpdateSysObjPos )
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjPos();
|
|
if ( bNewSize && mpSysObj )
|
|
mpSysObj->SetPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY, mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pOverlapRegion )
|
|
delete pOverlapRegion;
|
|
if ( pOldRegion )
|
|
delete pOldRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplToBottomChild()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() && !mbReallyVisible && (mpParent->mpLastChild != this) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Fenster an das Ende der Liste setzen
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpFirstChild = mpNext;
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
mpPrev = mpParent->mpLastChild;
|
|
mpParent->mpLastChild = this;
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = this;
|
|
mpNext = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCalcToTop( ImplCalcToTopData* pPrevData )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( ImplIsOverlapWindow(), "Window::ImplCalcToTop(): Is not a OverlapWindow" );
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Region berechnen, wo das Fenster mit anderen Fenstern ueberlappt
|
|
Point aPoint( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint,
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
Region aInvalidateRegion;
|
|
ImplCalcOverlapRegionOverlaps( aRegion, aInvalidateRegion );
|
|
|
|
if ( !aInvalidateRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCalcToTopData* pData = new ImplCalcToTopData;
|
|
pPrevData->mpNext = pData;
|
|
pData->mpNext = NULL;
|
|
pData->mpWindow = this;
|
|
pData->mpInvalidateRegion = new Region( aInvalidateRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCalcChildOverlapToTop( ImplCalcToTopData* pPrevData )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( ImplIsOverlapWindow(), "Window::ImplCalcChildOverlapToTop(): Is not a OverlapWindow" );
|
|
|
|
ImplCalcToTop( pPrevData );
|
|
if ( pPrevData->mpNext )
|
|
pPrevData = pPrevData->mpNext;
|
|
|
|
Window* pOverlap = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlap )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlap->ImplCalcToTop( pPrevData );
|
|
if ( pPrevData->mpNext )
|
|
pPrevData = pPrevData->mpNext;
|
|
pOverlap = pOverlap->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplToTop( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( ImplIsOverlapWindow(), "Window::ImplToTop(): Is not a OverlapWindow" );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn in das externe Fenster geklickt wird, ist dieses
|
|
// dafuer zustaendig dafuer zu sorgen, das unser Frame
|
|
// nach vorne kommt
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbHasFocus &&
|
|
!mpFrameData->mbSysObjFocus &&
|
|
!mpFrameData->mbInSysObjFocusHdl &&
|
|
!mpFrameData->mbInSysObjToTopHdl )
|
|
{
|
|
// do not bring floating windows on the client to top
|
|
if( !ImplGetClientWindow() || !(ImplGetClientWindow()->GetStyle() & WB_SYSTEMFLOATWIN) )
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nSysFlags = 0;
|
|
if ( nFlags & TOTOP_RESTOREWHENMIN )
|
|
nSysFlags = SAL_FRAME_TOTOP_RESTOREWHENMIN;
|
|
if ( nFlags & TOTOP_FOREGROUNDTASK )
|
|
nSysFlags = SAL_FRAME_TOTOP_FOREGROUNDTASK;
|
|
if ( nFlags & TOTOP_GRABFOCUSONLY )
|
|
nSysFlags = SAL_FRAME_TOTOP_GRABFOCUS_ONLY;
|
|
mpFrame->ToTop( nSysFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap != this )
|
|
{
|
|
// Fenster aus der Liste entfernen
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = mpPrev;
|
|
|
|
// AlwaysOnTop beruecksichtigen
|
|
BOOL bOnTop = IsAlwaysOnTopEnabled();
|
|
Window* pNextWin = mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
if ( !bOnTop )
|
|
{
|
|
while ( pNextWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pNextWin->IsAlwaysOnTopEnabled() )
|
|
break;
|
|
pNextWin = pNextWin->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TopLevel abpruefen
|
|
BYTE nTopLevel = mpOverlapData->mnTopLevel;
|
|
while ( pNextWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( (bOnTop != pNextWin->IsAlwaysOnTopEnabled()) ||
|
|
(nTopLevel <= pNextWin->mpOverlapData->mnTopLevel) )
|
|
break;
|
|
pNextWin = pNextWin->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fenster in die Liste wieder eintragen
|
|
mpNext = pNextWin;
|
|
if ( pNextWin )
|
|
{
|
|
mpPrev = pNextWin->mpPrev;
|
|
pNextWin->mpPrev = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
mpPrev = mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap;
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = this;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = this;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap = this;
|
|
|
|
// ClipRegion muss von diesem Fenster und allen weiteren
|
|
// ueberlappenden Fenstern neu berechnet werden.
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->ImplSetClipFlagOverlapWindows();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplStartToTop( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCalcToTopData aStartData;
|
|
ImplCalcToTopData* pCurData;
|
|
ImplCalcToTopData* pNextData;
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow;
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pOverlapWindow = this;
|
|
else
|
|
pOverlapWindow = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
|
|
// Zuerst die Paint-Bereiche berechnen
|
|
Window* pTempOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow;
|
|
aStartData.mpNext = NULL;
|
|
pCurData = &aStartData;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow->ImplCalcToTop( pCurData );
|
|
if ( pCurData->mpNext )
|
|
pCurData = pCurData->mpNext;
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow = pTempOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !pTempOverlapWindow->mbFrame );
|
|
// Dann die Paint-Bereiche der ChildOverlap-Windows berechnen
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow->ImplCalcToTop( pCurData );
|
|
if ( pCurData->mpNext )
|
|
pCurData = pCurData->mpNext;
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow = pTempOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Dann die Fenster-Verkettung aendern
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow->ImplToTop( nFlags );
|
|
pTempOverlapWindow = pTempOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !pTempOverlapWindow->mbFrame );
|
|
// Und zum Schluss invalidieren wir die ungueltigen Bereiche
|
|
pCurData = aStartData.mpNext;
|
|
while ( pCurData )
|
|
{
|
|
pCurData->mpWindow->ImplInvalidateFrameRegion( pCurData->mpInvalidateRegion, INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
pNextData = pCurData->mpNext;
|
|
delete pCurData->mpInvalidateRegion;
|
|
delete pCurData;
|
|
pCurData = pNextData;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplFocusToTop( USHORT nFlags, BOOL bReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// Soll Focus auch geholt werden?
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & TOTOP_NOGRABFOCUS) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Erstes Fenster mit GrabFocus-Activate bekommt den Focus
|
|
Window* pFocusWindow = this;
|
|
while ( !pFocusWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Nur wenn Fenster kein Border-Fenster hat, da wir
|
|
// immer das dazugehoerende BorderFenster finden wollen
|
|
if ( !pFocusWindow->mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pFocusWindow->mnActivateMode & ACTIVATE_MODE_GRABFOCUS )
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pFocusWindow = pFocusWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( (pFocusWindow->mnActivateMode & ACTIVATE_MODE_GRABFOCUS) &&
|
|
!pFocusWindow->HasChildPathFocus( TRUE ) )
|
|
pFocusWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bReallyVisible )
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplShowAllOverlaps()
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pOverlapWindow->mbOverlapVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapWindow->Show( TRUE, SHOW_NOACTIVATE );
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mbOverlapVisible = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplHideAllOverlaps()
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pOverlapWindow->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mbOverlapVisible = TRUE;
|
|
pOverlapWindow->Show( FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallMouseMove( USHORT nMouseCode, BOOL bModChanged )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mbMouseIn && mpFrameWindow->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG nTime = Time::GetSystemTicks();
|
|
long nX = mpFrameData->mnLastMouseX;
|
|
long nY = mpFrameData->mnLastMouseY;
|
|
USHORT nCode = nMouseCode;
|
|
USHORT nMode = mpFrameData->mnMouseMode;
|
|
BOOL bLeave;
|
|
// Auf MouseLeave testen
|
|
if ( ((nX < 0) || (nY < 0) ||
|
|
(nX >= mpFrameWindow->mnOutWidth) ||
|
|
(nY >= mpFrameWindow->mnOutHeight)) &&
|
|
!ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpCaptureWin )
|
|
bLeave = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
bLeave = FALSE;
|
|
nMode |= MOUSE_SYNTHETIC;
|
|
if ( bModChanged )
|
|
nMode |= MOUSE_MODIFIERCHANGED;
|
|
ImplHandleMouseEvent( mpFrameWindow, EVENT_MOUSEMOVE, bLeave, nX, nY, nTime, nCode, nMode );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplGenerateMouseMove()
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId )
|
|
Application::PostUserEvent( mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId, LINK( mpFrameWindow, Window, ImplGenerateMouseMoveHdl ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
IMPL_LINK( Window, ImplGenerateMouseMoveHdl, void*, EMPTYARG )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId = 0;
|
|
ImplCallMouseMove( mpFrameData->mnMouseCode );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplInvertFocus( const Rectangle& rRect )
|
|
{
|
|
InvertTracking( rRect, SHOWTRACK_SMALL | SHOWTRACK_WINDOW );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallFocusChangeActivate( Window* pNewOverlapWindow,
|
|
Window* pOldOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
Window* pNewRealWindow;
|
|
Window* pOldRealWindow;
|
|
Window* pLastRealWindow;
|
|
BOOL bCallActivate = TRUE;
|
|
BOOL bCallDeactivate = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
pOldRealWindow = pOldOverlapWindow->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
pNewRealWindow = pNewOverlapWindow->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
if ( (pOldRealWindow->GetType() != WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW) ||
|
|
pOldRealWindow->GetActivateMode() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( (pNewRealWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW) &&
|
|
!pNewRealWindow->GetActivateMode() )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin = pOldOverlapWindow;
|
|
bCallDeactivate = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( (pNewRealWindow->GetType() != WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW) ||
|
|
pNewRealWindow->GetActivateMode() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin == pNewOverlapWindow )
|
|
bCallActivate = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pLastRealWindow = pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin->mbActive = FALSE;
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin->Deactivate();
|
|
if ( pLastRealWindow != pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin )
|
|
{
|
|
pLastRealWindow->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pLastRealWindow->Activate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bCallDeactivate )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pOldOverlapWindow->mbActive )
|
|
{
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow->mbActive = FALSE;
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow->Deactivate();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pOldRealWindow != pOldOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pOldRealWindow->mbActive )
|
|
{
|
|
pOldRealWindow->mbActive = FALSE;
|
|
pOldRealWindow->Deactivate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( bCallActivate && ! pNewOverlapWindow->mbActive )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! pNewOverlapWindow->mbActive )
|
|
{
|
|
pNewOverlapWindow->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pNewOverlapWindow->Activate();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pNewRealWindow != pNewOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! pNewRealWindow->mbActive )
|
|
{
|
|
pNewRealWindow->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pNewRealWindow->Activate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
void Window::ImplGrabFocus( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
// Es soll immer das Client-Fenster den Focus bekommen. Falls
|
|
// wir mal auch Border-Fenstern den Focus geben wollen,
|
|
// muessten wir bei allen GrabFocus()-Aufrufen in VCL dafuer
|
|
// sorgen, das es an der Stelle gemacht wird. Dies wuerde
|
|
// beispielsweise bei ToTop() der Fall sein.
|
|
|
|
if ( mpClientWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wegen nicht ganz durchdachtem Konzept muessen wir hier
|
|
// leider noch einen Hack einbauen, damit wenn Dialoge
|
|
// geschlossen werden der Focus wieder auf das richtige
|
|
// Fenster zurueckgesetzt wird
|
|
if ( mpLastFocusWindow && (mpLastFocusWindow != this) &&
|
|
!(mnDlgCtrlFlags & WINDOW_DLGCTRL_WANTFOCUS) &&
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow->IsEnabled() && mpLastFocusWindow->IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
else
|
|
mpClientWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wegen nicht ganz durchdachtem Konzept muessen wir hier
|
|
// leider noch einen Hack einbauen, damit wenn Dialoge
|
|
// geschlossen werden der Focus wieder auf das richtige
|
|
// Fenster zurueckgesetzt wird
|
|
if ( mpLastFocusWindow && (mpLastFocusWindow != this) &&
|
|
!(mnDlgCtrlFlags & WINDOW_DLGCTRL_WANTFOCUS) &&
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow->IsEnabled() && mpLastFocusWindow->IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the Windows is disabled, then we doesn't change the focus
|
|
if ( !IsEnabled() || !IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// we only need to set the focus if it is not already set
|
|
// note: if some other frame is waiting for an asynchrounous focus event
|
|
// we also have to post an asynchronous focus event for this frame
|
|
// which is done using ToTop
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
|
|
BOOL bAsyncFocusWaiting = FALSE;
|
|
Window *pFrame = pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while( pFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pFrame != mpFrameWindow && pFrame->mpFrameData->mnFocusId )
|
|
{
|
|
bAsyncFocusWaiting = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pFrame = pFrame->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL bHasFocus = TRUE;
|
|
if ( !mpSysObj && !mpFrameData->mbHasFocus )
|
|
bHasFocus = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
BOOL bMustNotGrabFocus = FALSE;
|
|
// #100242#, check parent hierarchy if some floater prohibits grab focus
|
|
|
|
Window *pParent = this;
|
|
while( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
// #102158#, ignore grabfocus only if the floating parent grabs keyboard focus by itself (GrabsFocus())
|
|
// otherwise we cannot set the focus in a floating toolbox
|
|
if( ( (pParent->mbFloatWin && ((FloatingWindow*)pParent)->GrabsFocus()) || ( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_SYSTEMFLOATWIN ) ) && !( pParent->GetStyle() & WB_MOVEABLE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
bMustNotGrabFocus = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pParent = pParent->mpParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin != this && ! mbInDtor ) || ( bAsyncFocusWaiting && !bHasFocus && !bMustNotGrabFocus ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// EndExtTextInput if it is not the same window
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin &&
|
|
(pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin != this) )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin->EndExtTextInput( EXTTEXTINPUT_END_COMPLETE );
|
|
|
|
// Dieses Fenster als letztes FocusWindow merken
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow = this;
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = this;
|
|
|
|
if( !bHasFocus )
|
|
{
|
|
// menue windows never get the system focus
|
|
// the application will keep the focus
|
|
if( bMustNotGrabFocus )
|
|
return;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Hier setzen wir schon den Focus um, da ToTop() den Focus
|
|
// nicht auf ein anderes Fenster setzen darf
|
|
//DBG_WARNING( "Window::GrabFocus() - Frame doesn't have the focus" );
|
|
mpFrame->ToTop( SAL_FRAME_TOTOP_GRABFOCUS | SAL_FRAME_TOTOP_GRABFOCUS_ONLY );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Window* pOldFocusWindow = pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin;
|
|
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin = this;
|
|
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Cursor hiden
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow->mpCursor )
|
|
pOldFocusWindow->mpCursor->ImplHide();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// !!!!! Wegen altem SV-Office Activate/Deavtivate Handling
|
|
// !!!!! erstmal so wie frueher
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Focus merken
|
|
Window* pOldOverlapWindow = pOldFocusWindow->ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
Window* pNewOverlapWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
if ( pOldOverlapWindow != pNewOverlapWindow )
|
|
ImplCallFocusChangeActivate( pNewOverlapWindow, pOldOverlapWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pNewOverlapWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
Window* pNewRealWindow = pNewOverlapWindow->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
pNewOverlapWindow->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pNewOverlapWindow->Activate();
|
|
if ( pNewRealWindow != pNewOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pNewRealWindow->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pNewRealWindow->Activate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
// call Deactivate and Activate
|
|
Window* pDeactivateParent;
|
|
Window* pActivateParent;
|
|
Window* pParent;
|
|
Window* pLastParent;
|
|
pDeactivateParent = pOldFocusWindow;
|
|
while ( pDeactivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = pDeactivateParent;
|
|
if ( pParent->ImplIsChild( this ) )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ( pDeactivateParent->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pDeactivateParent->mbParentActive )
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pDeactivateParent = pDeactivateParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pActivateParent = this;
|
|
while ( pActivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = pActivateParent;
|
|
if ( pParent->ImplIsChild( pOldFocusWindow ) )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ( pActivateParent->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pActivateParent->mbParentActive )
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pActivateParent = pActivateParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pActivateParent = this;
|
|
else
|
|
pActivateParent = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
while ( pActivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pActivateParent->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pActivateParent->mbParentActive )
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pActivateParent = pActivateParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pDeactivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pLastParent = pOldFocusWindow;
|
|
if ( pLastParent != pDeactivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = pLastParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
while ( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pParent == pDeactivateParent )
|
|
break;
|
|
pLastParent = pParent;
|
|
pParent = pParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
pParent = pLastParent;
|
|
|
|
pParent->mbActive = FALSE;
|
|
pParent->Deactivate();
|
|
pDeactivateParent = pLastParent;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pDeactivateParent != pOldFocusWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pLastParent = this;
|
|
if ( pLastParent != pActivateParent )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = pLastParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
while ( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pParent == pActivateParent )
|
|
break;
|
|
pLastParent = pParent;
|
|
pParent = pParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
pParent = pLastParent;
|
|
|
|
pParent->mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
pParent->Activate();
|
|
pActivateParent = pLastParent;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pActivateParent != this );
|
|
*/
|
|
// call Get- and LoseFocus
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pOldFocusWindow->IsTracking() &&
|
|
(pSVData->maWinData.mnTrackFlags & STARTTRACK_FOCUSCANCEL) )
|
|
pOldFocusWindow->EndTracking( ENDTRACK_CANCEL | ENDTRACK_FOCUS );
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_LOSEFOCUS, pOldFocusWindow );
|
|
if ( !ImplCallPreNotify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
pOldFocusWindow->LoseFocus();
|
|
pOldFocusWindow->ImplCallDeactivateListeners( this );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = this;
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInSysObjFocusHdl )
|
|
mpSysObj->GrabFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplShow();
|
|
mbInFocusHdl = TRUE;
|
|
mnGetFocusFlags = nFlags;
|
|
// if we're changing focus due to closing a popup floating window
|
|
// notify the new focus window so it can restore the inner focus
|
|
// eg, toolboxes can select their recent active item
|
|
if( pOldFocusWindow &&
|
|
( pOldFocusWindow->GetDialogControlFlags() & WINDOW_DLGCTRL_FLOATWIN_POPUPMODEEND_CANCEL ) )
|
|
mnGetFocusFlags |= GETFOCUS_FLOATWIN_POPUPMODEEND_CANCEL;
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_GETFOCUS, this );
|
|
if ( !ImplCallPreNotify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
GetFocus();
|
|
ImplCallActivateListeners( pOldFocusWindow );
|
|
mnGetFocusFlags = 0;
|
|
mbInFocusHdl = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetpApp()->FocusChanged();
|
|
ImplNewInputContext();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplNewInputContext()
|
|
{
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
Window* pFocusWin = pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin;
|
|
if ( !pFocusWin )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Is InputContext changed?
|
|
const InputContext& rInputContext = pFocusWin->GetInputContext();
|
|
if ( rInputContext == pFocusWin->mpFrameData->maOldInputContext )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
pFocusWin->mpFrameData->maOldInputContext = rInputContext;
|
|
|
|
SalInputContext aNewContext;
|
|
const Font& rFont = rInputContext.GetFont();
|
|
const XubString& rFontName = rFont.GetName();
|
|
ImplFontEntry* pFontEntry = NULL;
|
|
aNewContext.mpFont = NULL;
|
|
if ( rFontName.Len() )
|
|
{
|
|
Size aSize = pFocusWin->ImplLogicToDevicePixel( rFont.GetSize() );
|
|
if ( !aSize.Height() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Nur dann Defaultgroesse setzen, wenn Fonthoehe auch in logischen
|
|
// Koordinaaten 0 ist
|
|
if ( rFont.GetSize().Height() )
|
|
aSize.Height() = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
aSize.Height() = (12*pFocusWin->mnDPIY)/72;
|
|
}
|
|
pFontEntry = pFocusWin->mpFontCache->Get( pFocusWin->mpFontList, rFont, aSize, pFocusWin->mpOutDevData ? pFocusWin->mpOutDevData->mpFirstFontSubstEntry : NULL );
|
|
if ( pFontEntry )
|
|
aNewContext.mpFont = &pFontEntry->maFontSelData;
|
|
}
|
|
aNewContext.meLanguage = rFont.GetLanguage();
|
|
aNewContext.mnOptions = rInputContext.GetOptions();
|
|
pFocusWin->ImplGetFrame()->SetInputContext( &aNewContext );
|
|
|
|
if ( pFontEntry )
|
|
pFocusWin->mpFontCache->Release( pFontEntry );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window::Window( WindowType nType ) :
|
|
maZoom( 1, 1 ),
|
|
maWinRegion( REGION_NULL ),
|
|
maWinClipRegion( REGION_NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CTOR( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplInitData( nType );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window::Window( Window* pParent, WinBits nStyle ) :
|
|
maZoom( 1, 1 ),
|
|
maWinRegion( REGION_NULL ),
|
|
maWinClipRegion( REGION_NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CTOR( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplInitData( WINDOW_WINDOW );
|
|
ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, NULL );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window::Window( Window* pParent, const ResId& rResId ) :
|
|
maZoom( 1, 1 ),
|
|
maWinRegion( REGION_NULL ),
|
|
maWinClipRegion( REGION_NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CTOR( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplInitData( WINDOW_WINDOW );
|
|
rResId.SetRT( RSC_WINDOW );
|
|
WinBits nStyle = ImplInitRes( rResId );
|
|
ImplInit( pParent, nStyle, NULL );
|
|
ImplLoadRes( rResId );
|
|
|
|
if ( !(nStyle & WB_HIDE) )
|
|
Show();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window::~Window()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_DTOR( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( !mbInDtor, "~Window - already in DTOR!" );
|
|
|
|
// Dispose of the canvas implementation (which, currently, has an
|
|
// own wrapper window as a child to this one.
|
|
if( mxCanvas.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::lang::XComponent >
|
|
xCanvasComponent( mxCanvas,
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::UNO_QUERY );
|
|
xCanvasComponent->dispose();
|
|
}
|
|
mxCanvas = NULL;
|
|
mxCanvasWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
mbInDtor = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_OBJECT_DYING );
|
|
|
|
// do not send child events for frames that were registered as native frames
|
|
if( !ImplIsAccessibleNativeFrame() && mbReallyVisible )
|
|
if ( ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() && GetAccessibleParentWindow() )
|
|
GetAccessibleParentWindow()->ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_CHILDDESTROYED, this );
|
|
|
|
// remove associated data structures from dockingmanager
|
|
ImplGetDockingManager()->RemoveWindow( this );
|
|
|
|
// shutdown drag and drop
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference < ::com::sun::star::lang::XComponent > xComponent( mxDNDListenerContainer, ::com::sun::star::uno::UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
if( xComponent.is() )
|
|
xComponent->dispose();
|
|
|
|
if( mbFrame && mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
// deregister drop target listener
|
|
if( mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
OSL_TRACE( "removing drop target listener" );
|
|
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > xDragGestureRecognizer =
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > (mpFrameData->mxDragSource, UNO_QUERY);
|
|
if( xDragGestureRecognizer.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
xDragGestureRecognizer->removeDragGestureListener(
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureListener > (mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener, UNO_QUERY));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget->removeDropTargetListener( mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener );
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// shutdown drag and drop for this frame window
|
|
Reference< XComponent > xComponent( mpFrameData->mxDropTarget, UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
// DNDEventDispatcher does not hold a reference of the DropTarget,
|
|
// so it's ok if it does not support XComponent
|
|
if( xComponent.is() )
|
|
xComponent->dispose();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
catch ( Exception exc )
|
|
{
|
|
// can be safely ignored here.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UnoWrapperBase* pWrapper = Application::GetUnoWrapper( FALSE );
|
|
if ( pWrapper )
|
|
pWrapper->WindowDestroyed( this );
|
|
|
|
// MT: Must be called after WindowDestroyed!
|
|
// Otherwise, if the accessible is a VCLXWindow, it will try to destroy this window again!
|
|
// But accessibility implementations from applications need this dispose.
|
|
if ( mxAccessible.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::lang::XComponent> xC( mxAccessible, ::com::sun::star::uno::UNO_QUERY );
|
|
if ( xC.is() )
|
|
xC->dispose();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVData->maHelpData.mpHelpWin && (pSVData->maHelpData.mpHelpWin->GetParent() == this) )
|
|
ImplDestroyHelpWindow( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pSVData->maWinData.mpTrackWin != this,
|
|
"Window::~Window(): Window is in TrackingMode" );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin != this,
|
|
"Window::~Window(): Window has the mouse captured" );
|
|
// #103442# DefModalDialogParent is now determined on-the-fly, so this pointer is unimportant now
|
|
//DBG_ASSERT( pSVData->maWinData.mpDefDialogParent != this,
|
|
// "Window::~Window(): Window is DefModalDialogParent" );
|
|
|
|
// Wegen alter kompatibilitaet
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpTrackWin == this )
|
|
EndTracking();
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin == this )
|
|
ReleaseMouse();
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpDefDialogParent == this )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpDefDialogParent = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DBG_UTIL
|
|
if ( DbgIsAssert() )
|
|
{
|
|
ByteString aErrorStr;
|
|
BOOL bError = FALSE;
|
|
Window* pTempWin = mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsRealParentPath( pTempWin ) )
|
|
{
|
|
bError = TRUE;
|
|
if ( aErrorStr.Len() )
|
|
aErrorStr += "; ";
|
|
aErrorStr += ByteString( pTempWin->GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
}
|
|
pTempWin = pTempWin->mpNextOverlap;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( bError )
|
|
{
|
|
ByteString aTempStr( "Window (" );
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
aTempStr += ") with living SystemWindow(s) destroyed: ";
|
|
aTempStr += aErrorStr;
|
|
DBG_ERROR( aTempStr.GetBuffer() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bError = FALSE;
|
|
pTempWin = pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while ( pTempWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsRealParentPath( pTempWin ) )
|
|
{
|
|
bError = TRUE;
|
|
if ( aErrorStr.Len() )
|
|
aErrorStr += "; ";
|
|
aErrorStr += ByteString( pTempWin->GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
}
|
|
pTempWin = pTempWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( bError )
|
|
{
|
|
ByteString aTempStr( "Window (" );
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
aTempStr += ") with living SystemWindow(s) destroyed: ";
|
|
aTempStr += aErrorStr;
|
|
DBG_ERROR( aTempStr.GetBuffer() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpFirstChild )
|
|
{
|
|
ByteString aTempStr( "Window (" );
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
aTempStr += ") with living Child(s) destroyed: ";
|
|
Window* pTempWin = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pTempWin )
|
|
{
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( pTempWin->GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
pTempWin = pTempWin->mpNext;
|
|
if ( pTempWin )
|
|
aTempStr += "; ";
|
|
}
|
|
DBG_ERROR( aTempStr.GetBuffer() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpFirstOverlap )
|
|
{
|
|
ByteString aTempStr( "Window (" );
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
aTempStr += ") with living SystemWindow(s) destroyed: ";
|
|
Window* pTempWin = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pTempWin )
|
|
{
|
|
aTempStr += ByteString( pTempWin->GetText(), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
|
|
pTempWin = pTempWin->mpNext;
|
|
if ( pTempWin )
|
|
aTempStr += "; ";
|
|
}
|
|
DBG_ERROR( aTempStr.GetBuffer() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Fenster hiden, um das entsprechende Paint-Handling auszuloesen
|
|
Hide();
|
|
|
|
// Mitteilen, das Fenster zerstoert wird
|
|
{
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_DESTROY, this );
|
|
Notify( aNEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EndExtTextInputMode
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
EndExtTextInput( EXTTEXTINPUT_END_COMPLETE );
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin == this )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpExtTextInputWin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Wenn wir den Focus haben, dann den Focus auf ein anderes Fenster setzen
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin = NULL;
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow = NULL;
|
|
GetpApp()->FocusChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pParent = GetParent();
|
|
Window* pBorderWindow = mpBorderWindow;
|
|
// Bei ueberlappenden Fenstern wird der Focus auf den
|
|
// Parent vom naechsten FrameWindow gesetzt
|
|
if ( pBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pBorderWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pParent = pBorderWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pParent = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
|
|
if ( pParent && pParent->IsEnabled() && pParent->IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
pParent->GrabFocus();
|
|
else
|
|
mpFrameWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
|
|
// If the focus was set back to 'this' set it to nothing
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin = NULL;
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow = NULL;
|
|
GetpApp()->FocusChanged();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow == this )
|
|
pOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
// reset hint for DefModalDialogParent
|
|
if( pSVData->maWinData.mpActiveApplicationFrame == this )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpActiveApplicationFrame = NULL;
|
|
|
|
// gemerkte Fenster zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFocusWin == this )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = NULL;
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin == this )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin = NULL;
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin == this )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin = NULL;
|
|
|
|
// Deactivate-Window zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin == this )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpLastDeacWin = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mnFocusId )
|
|
Application::RemoveUserEvent( mpFrameData->mnFocusId );
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId )
|
|
Application::RemoveUserEvent( mpFrameData->mnMouseMoveId );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Graphic freigeben
|
|
ImplReleaseGraphics();
|
|
|
|
// Evt. anderen Funktion mitteilen, das das Fenster geloescht
|
|
// wurde
|
|
ImplDelData* pDelData = mpFirstDel;
|
|
while ( pDelData )
|
|
{
|
|
pDelData->mbDel = TRUE;
|
|
pDelData->mpWindow = NULL; // #112873# pDel is not associated with a Window anymore
|
|
pDelData = pDelData->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fenster aus den Listen austragen
|
|
ImplRemoveWindow( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
// Extra Window Daten loeschen
|
|
if ( mpWinData )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpWinData->mpExtOldText )
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpExtOldText;
|
|
if ( mpWinData->mpExtOldAttrAry )
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpExtOldAttrAry;
|
|
if ( mpWinData->mpCursorRect )
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpCursorRect;
|
|
if ( mpWinData->mpFocusRect )
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpFocusRect;
|
|
if ( mpWinData->mpTrackRect )
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpTrackRect;
|
|
// Native widget support
|
|
delete mpWinData->mpSalControlHandle;
|
|
mpWinData->mpSalControlHandle = NULL;
|
|
delete mpWinData;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overlap-Window-Daten loeschen
|
|
if ( mpOverlapData )
|
|
{
|
|
delete mpOverlapData;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Evt. noch BorderWindow oder Frame zerstoeren
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
delete mpBorderWindow;
|
|
else if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame == this )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame = mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pSysWin = pSVData->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while ( pSysWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame != this )
|
|
pSysWin = pSysWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
pSysWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame = mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
mpFrame->SetCallback( NULL, NULL );
|
|
pSVData->mpDefInst->DestroyFrame( mpFrame );
|
|
delete mpFrameData;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpChildClipRegion )
|
|
delete mpChildClipRegion;
|
|
|
|
delete mpAccessibleInfos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::MouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_MOUSEMOVE, this, &rMEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbMouseMove = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::MouseButtonDown( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, this, &rMEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbMouseButtonDown = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::MouseButtonUp( const MouseEvent& rMEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONUP, this, &rMEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbMouseButtonUp = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::KeyInput( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_KEYINPUT, this, &rKEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbKeyInput = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::KeyUp( const KeyEvent& rKEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_KEYUP, this, &rKEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbKeyUp = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Paint( const Rectangle& rRect )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_PAINT, (void*)&rRect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Draw( OutputDevice*, const Point&, const Size&, ULONG )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Move()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
// Forward physical position to embedded java frame
|
|
if( mxCanvasWindow.is() )
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffX,
|
|
mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Resize()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
// Forward size to embedded java frame
|
|
if( mxCanvasWindow.is() )
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setPosSize( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffX,
|
|
mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight, 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Activate()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Deactivate()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::GetFocus()
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( HasFocus() && mpLastFocusWindow && !(mnDlgCtrlFlags & WINDOW_DLGCTRL_WANTFOCUS) )
|
|
mpLastFocusWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_GETFOCUS, this );
|
|
Notify( aNEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::LoseFocus()
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_LOSEFOCUS, this );
|
|
Notify( aNEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::RequestHelp( const HelpEvent& rHEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Wenn Balloon-Help angefordert wird, dann den Balloon mit dem
|
|
// gesetzten Hilfetext anzeigen
|
|
if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HELPMODE_BALLOON )
|
|
{
|
|
const XubString* pStr = &(GetHelpText());
|
|
if ( !pStr->Len() )
|
|
pStr = &(GetQuickHelpText());
|
|
if ( !pStr->Len() && ImplGetParent() && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
ImplGetParent()->RequestHelp( rHEvt );
|
|
else
|
|
Help::ShowBalloon( this, rHEvt.GetMousePosPixel(), *pStr );
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( rHEvt.GetMode() & HELPMODE_QUICK )
|
|
{
|
|
const XubString* pStr = &(GetQuickHelpText());
|
|
if ( !pStr->Len() && ImplGetParent() && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
ImplGetParent()->RequestHelp( rHEvt );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPos = GetPosPixel();
|
|
if ( ImplGetParent() && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
aPos = ImplGetParent()->OutputToScreenPixel( aPos );
|
|
Rectangle aRect( aPos, GetSizePixel() );
|
|
String aHelpText;
|
|
if ( pStr->Len() )
|
|
aHelpText = GetHelpText();
|
|
Help::ShowQuickHelp( this, aRect, *pStr, aHelpText, QUICKHELP_CTRLTEXT );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG nStartHelpId = GetHelpId();
|
|
|
|
if ( !nStartHelpId && ImplGetParent() )
|
|
ImplGetParent()->RequestHelp( rHEvt );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !nStartHelpId )
|
|
nStartHelpId = HELP_INDEX;
|
|
|
|
Help* pHelp = Application::GetHelp();
|
|
if ( pHelp )
|
|
pHelp->Start( nStartHelpId, this );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Command( const CommandEvent& rCEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_COMMAND, (void*)&rCEvt );
|
|
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( EVENT_COMMAND, this, &rCEvt );
|
|
if ( !Notify( aNEvt ) )
|
|
mbCommand = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplDockingWindowWrapper *pWrapper = ImplGetDockingManager()->GetDockingWindowWrapper( this );
|
|
if( pWrapper )
|
|
pWrapper->Tracking( rTEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::UserEvent( ULONG, void* )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::StateChanged( StateChangedType nType )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
// Forward visible state to embedded java frame
|
|
if( mxCanvasWindow.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
switch( nType )
|
|
{
|
|
case STATE_CHANGE_VISIBLE:
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setVisible( mbVisible );
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_CHANGE_ENABLE:
|
|
mxCanvasWindow->setEnable( !mbDisabled );
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::DataChanged( const DataChangedEvent& )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplNotifyKeyMouseCommandEventListeners( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_COMMAND )
|
|
{
|
|
const CommandEvent* pCEvt = rNEvt.GetCommandEvent();
|
|
if ( pCEvt->GetCommand() != COMMAND_CONTEXTMENU )
|
|
// non context menu events are not to be notified up the chain
|
|
// so we return immediately
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
// not interested in: The event listeners are already called in ::Command,
|
|
// and calling them here a second time doesn't make sense
|
|
;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
CommandEvent aCommandEvent = ImplTranslateCommandEvent( *pCEvt, rNEvt.GetWindow(), this );
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_COMMAND, &aCommandEvent );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// #82968# notify event listeners for mouse and key events seperately and
|
|
// not in PreNotify ( as for focus listeners )
|
|
// this allows for procesing those events internally first and pass it to
|
|
// the toolkit later
|
|
|
|
ImplDelData aDelData;
|
|
ImplAddDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEMOVE )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEMOVE, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MouseEvent aMouseEvent = ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this );
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEMOVE, &aMouseEvent );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONUP )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONUP, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MouseEvent aMouseEvent = ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this );
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONUP, &aMouseEvent );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MouseEvent aMouseEvent = ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this );
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, &aMouseEvent );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYINPUT )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_KEYINPUT, (void*)rNEvt.GetKeyEvent() );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYUP )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_KEYUP, (void*)rNEvt.GetKeyEvent() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( aDelData.IsDelete() )
|
|
return;
|
|
ImplRemoveDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
// #106721# check if we're part of a compound control and notify
|
|
Window *pParent = ImplGetParent();
|
|
while( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pParent->IsCompoundControl() )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent->ImplNotifyKeyMouseCommandEventListeners( rNEvt );
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pParent = pParent->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
long Window::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
long bDone = FALSE;
|
|
if ( mpParent && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
bDone = mpParent->PreNotify( rNEvt );
|
|
|
|
if ( !bDone )
|
|
{
|
|
if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_GETFOCUS )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bCompoundFocusChanged = FALSE;
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl && !mbCompoundControlHasFocus && HasChildPathFocus() )
|
|
{
|
|
mbCompoundControlHasFocus = TRUE;
|
|
bCompoundFocusChanged = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bCompoundFocusChanged || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_GETFOCUS );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_LOSEFOCUS )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bCompoundFocusChanged = FALSE;
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl && mbCompoundControlHasFocus && !HasChildPathFocus() )
|
|
{
|
|
mbCompoundControlHasFocus = FALSE ;
|
|
bCompoundFocusChanged = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bCompoundFocusChanged || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_LOSEFOCUS );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// #82968# mouse and key events will be notified after processing ( in ImplNotifyKeyMouseCommandEventListeners() )!
|
|
// see also ImplHandleMouseEvent(), ImplHandleKey()
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEMOVE )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEMOVE, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEMOVE, &ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONUP )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONUP, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONUP, &ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, (void*)rNEvt.GetMouseEvent() );
|
|
else
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, &ImplTranslateMouseEvent( *rNEvt.GetMouseEvent(), rNEvt.GetWindow(), this ) );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYINPUT )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_KEYINPUT, (void*)rNEvt.GetKeyEvent() );
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYUP )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbCompoundControl || ( rNEvt.GetWindow() == this ) )
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_KEYUP, (void*)rNEvt.GetKeyEvent() );
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bDone;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
long Window::Notify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
{ // Klammerung, da in diesem Handler das Window zerstoert werden darf
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
long nRet = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// check for docking window
|
|
// but do nothing if window is docked and locked
|
|
ImplDockingWindowWrapper *pWrapper = ImplGetDockingManager()->GetDockingWindowWrapper( this );
|
|
if( pWrapper && !( !pWrapper->IsFloatingMode() && pWrapper->IsLocked() ) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN )
|
|
{
|
|
const MouseEvent* pMEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
|
|
BOOL bHit = pWrapper->GetDragArea().IsInside( pMEvt->GetPosPixel() );
|
|
if ( pMEvt->IsLeft() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pMEvt->GetClicks() == 2 )
|
|
{
|
|
// double click toggles floating mode
|
|
pWrapper->SetFloatingMode( !pWrapper->IsFloatingMode() );
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( pMEvt->GetClicks() == 1 && bHit)
|
|
{
|
|
// allow start docking during mouse move
|
|
pWrapper->ImplEnableStartDocking();
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_MOUSEMOVE )
|
|
{
|
|
const MouseEvent* pMEvt = rNEvt.GetMouseEvent();
|
|
BOOL bHit = pWrapper->GetDragArea().IsInside( pMEvt->GetPosPixel() );
|
|
if ( pMEvt->IsLeft() )
|
|
{
|
|
// check if a single click initiated this sequence ( ImplStartDockingEnabled() )
|
|
// check if window is docked and
|
|
if( pWrapper->ImplStartDockingEnabled() && !pWrapper->IsFloatingMode() &&
|
|
!pWrapper->IsDocking() && bHit )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPos = pMEvt->GetPosPixel();
|
|
Window* pWindow = rNEvt.GetWindow();
|
|
if ( pWindow != this )
|
|
{
|
|
aPos = pWindow->OutputToScreenPixel( aPos );
|
|
aPos = ScreenToOutputPixel( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
pWrapper->ImplStartDocking( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if( rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYINPUT )
|
|
{
|
|
const KeyCode& rKey = rNEvt.GetKeyEvent()->GetKeyCode();
|
|
if( rKey.GetCode() == KEY_F10 && rKey.GetModifier() &&
|
|
rKey.IsShift() && rKey.IsMod1() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWrapper->SetFloatingMode( !pWrapper->IsFloatingMode() );
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Dialog-Steuerung
|
|
if ( (GetStyle() & (WB_DIALOGCONTROL | WB_NODIALOGCONTROL)) == WB_DIALOGCONTROL )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn Parent auch DialogSteuerung aktiviert hat, uebernimmt dieser die Steuerung
|
|
if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYINPUT) || (rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYUP) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() ||
|
|
((ImplGetParent()->GetStyle() & (WB_DIALOGCONTROL | WB_NODIALOGCONTROL)) != WB_DIALOGCONTROL) )
|
|
{
|
|
nRet = ImplDlgCtrl( *rNEvt.GetKeyEvent(), rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_KEYINPUT );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( (rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_GETFOCUS) || (rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_LOSEFOCUS) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplDlgCtrlFocusChanged( rNEvt.GetWindow(), rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_GETFOCUS );
|
|
if ( (rNEvt.GetWindow() == this) && (rNEvt.GetType() == EVENT_GETFOCUS) &&
|
|
!(GetStyle() & WB_TABSTOP) && !(mnDlgCtrlFlags & WINDOW_DLGCTRL_WANTFOCUS) )
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT n = 0;
|
|
Window* pFirstChild = ImplGetDlgWindow( n, DLGWINDOW_FIRST );
|
|
if ( pFirstChild )
|
|
pFirstChild->ImplControlFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !nRet )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpParent && !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
nRet = mpParent->Notify( rNEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nRet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallEventListeners( ULONG nEvent, void* pData )
|
|
{
|
|
// The implementation was moved to CallEventListeners(),
|
|
// because derived classes in svtools must be able to
|
|
// call the event listeners and ImplCallEventListeners()
|
|
// is not exported.
|
|
// TODO: replace ImplCallEventListeners() by CallEventListeners() in vcl
|
|
|
|
CallEventListeners( nEvent, pData );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::CallEventListeners( ULONG nEvent, void* pData )
|
|
{
|
|
VclWindowEvent aEvent( this, nEvent, pData );
|
|
|
|
ImplDelData aDelData;
|
|
ImplAddDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
pSVData->mpApp->ImplCallEventListeners( &aEvent );
|
|
|
|
if ( aDelData.IsDelete() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( !maEventListeners.empty() )
|
|
maEventListeners.Call( &aEvent );
|
|
|
|
if ( aDelData.IsDelete() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ImplRemoveDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
Window* pWindow = this;
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplAddDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
if ( !pWindow->maChildEventListeners.empty() )
|
|
pWindow->maChildEventListeners.Call( &aEvent );
|
|
|
|
if ( aDelData.IsDelete() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
pWindow->ImplRemoveDel( &aDelData );
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::AddEventListener( const Link& rEventListener )
|
|
{
|
|
maEventListeners.push_back( rEventListener );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::RemoveEventListener( const Link& rEventListener )
|
|
{
|
|
maEventListeners.remove( rEventListener );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::AddChildEventListener( const Link& rEventListener )
|
|
{
|
|
maChildEventListeners.push_back( rEventListener );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::RemoveChildEventListener( const Link& rEventListener )
|
|
{
|
|
maChildEventListeners.remove( rEventListener );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
ULONG Window::PostUserEvent( ULONG nEvent, void* pEventData )
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG nEventId;
|
|
PostUserEvent( nEventId, nEvent, pEventData );
|
|
return nEventId;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
ULONG Window::PostUserEvent( const Link& rLink, void* pCaller )
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG nEventId;
|
|
PostUserEvent( nEventId, rLink, pCaller );
|
|
return nEventId;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::PostUserEvent( ULONG& rEventId, ULONG nEvent, void* pEventData )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVEvent* pSVEvent = new ImplSVEvent;
|
|
pSVEvent->mnEvent = nEvent;
|
|
pSVEvent->mpData = pEventData;
|
|
pSVEvent->mpLink = NULL;
|
|
pSVEvent->mpWindow = this;
|
|
pSVEvent->mbCall = TRUE;
|
|
ImplAddDel( &(pSVEvent->maDelData) );
|
|
rEventId = (ULONG)pSVEvent;
|
|
if ( mpFrame->PostEvent( pSVEvent ) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
rEventId = 0;
|
|
ImplRemoveDel( &(pSVEvent->maDelData) );
|
|
delete pSVEvent;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::PostUserEvent( ULONG& rEventId, const Link& rLink, void* pCaller )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVEvent* pSVEvent = new ImplSVEvent;
|
|
pSVEvent->mnEvent = 0;
|
|
pSVEvent->mpData = pCaller;
|
|
pSVEvent->mpLink = new Link( rLink );
|
|
pSVEvent->mpWindow = this;
|
|
pSVEvent->mbCall = TRUE;
|
|
ImplAddDel( &(pSVEvent->maDelData) );
|
|
rEventId = (ULONG)pSVEvent;
|
|
if ( mpFrame->PostEvent( pSVEvent ) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
rEventId = 0;
|
|
ImplRemoveDel( &(pSVEvent->maDelData) );
|
|
delete pSVEvent;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::RemoveUserEvent( ULONG nUserEvent )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVEvent* pSVEvent = (ImplSVEvent*)nUserEvent;
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pSVEvent->mpWindow == this,
|
|
"Window::RemoveUserEvent(): Event doesn't send to this window or is already removed" );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pSVEvent->mbCall,
|
|
"Window::RemoveUserEvent(): Event is already removed" );
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVEvent->mpWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVEvent->mpWindow->ImplRemoveDel( &(pSVEvent->maDelData) );
|
|
pSVEvent->mpWindow = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pSVEvent->mbCall = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
IMPL_LINK( Window, ImplAsyncStateChangedHdl, void*, pState )
|
|
{
|
|
StateChanged( (StateChangedType)(ULONG)pState );
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::PostStateChanged( StateChangedType nState )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
PostUserEvent( LINK( this, Window, ImplAsyncStateChangedHdl ), (void*)(ULONG)nState );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsLocked( BOOL bChilds ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mnLockCount != 0 )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( bChilds || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pChild->IsLocked( TRUE ) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsUICaptured( BOOL bChilds ) const
|
|
{
|
|
return Application::IsUICaptured();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsUserActive( USHORT nTest, BOOL bChilds ) const
|
|
{
|
|
return Application::IsUserActive( nTest );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
ULONG Window::GetLastInputInterval() const
|
|
{
|
|
return Application::GetLastInputInterval();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetStyle( WinBits nStyle )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnStyle != nStyle )
|
|
{
|
|
mnPrevStyle = mnStyle;
|
|
mnStyle = nStyle;
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_STYLE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetExtendedStyle( WinBits nExtendedStyle )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnExtendedStyle != nExtendedStyle )
|
|
{
|
|
mnPrevExtendedStyle = mnExtendedStyle;
|
|
mnExtendedStyle = nExtendedStyle;
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_EXTENDEDSTYLE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
SystemWindow* Window::GetSystemWindow() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
const Window* pWin = this;
|
|
while ( !pWin->IsSystemWindow() )
|
|
pWin = pWin->GetParent();
|
|
return (SystemWindow*)pWin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetBorderStyle( USHORT nBorderStyle )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->SetBorderStyle( nBorderStyle );
|
|
else
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetBorderStyle( nBorderStyle );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::GetBorderStyle() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW )
|
|
return ((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->GetBorderStyle();
|
|
else
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->GetBorderStyle();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
long Window::CalcTitleWidth() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW )
|
|
return ((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->CalcTitleWidth();
|
|
else
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->CalcTitleWidth();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( mbFrame && (mnStyle & WB_MOVEABLE) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Fuer Frame-Fenster raten wir die Breite, da wir den Border fuer
|
|
// externe Dialoge nicht kennen
|
|
const StyleSettings& rStyleSettings = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings();
|
|
Font aFont = GetFont();
|
|
((Window*)this)->SetPointFont( rStyleSettings.GetTitleFont() );
|
|
long nTitleWidth = GetTextWidth( GetText() );
|
|
((Window*)this)->SetFont( aFont );
|
|
nTitleWidth += rStyleSettings.GetTitleHeight() * 3;
|
|
nTitleWidth += rStyleSettings.GetBorderSize() * 2;
|
|
nTitleWidth += 10;
|
|
return nTitleWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableClipSiblings( BOOL bClipSiblings )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->EnableClipSiblings( bClipSiblings );
|
|
|
|
mbClipSiblings = bClipSiblings;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetMouseTransparent( BOOL bTransparent )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetMouseTransparent( bTransparent );
|
|
|
|
mbMouseTransparent = bTransparent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetPaintTransparent( BOOL bTransparent )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetPaintTransparent( bTransparent );
|
|
|
|
mbPaintTransparent = bTransparent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetInputContext( const InputContext& rInputContext )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
maInputContext = rInputContext;
|
|
if ( !mbInFocusHdl && HasFocus() )
|
|
ImplNewInputContext();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EndExtTextInput( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbExtTextInput )
|
|
ImplGetFrame()->EndExtTextInput( nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetCursorRect( const Rectangle* pRect, long nExtTextInputWidth )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplWinData* pWinData = ImplGetWinData();
|
|
if ( pWinData->mpCursorRect )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pRect )
|
|
*pWinData->mpCursorRect = *pRect;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
delete pWinData->mpCursorRect;
|
|
pWinData->mpCursorRect = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pRect )
|
|
pWinData->mpCursorRect = new Rectangle( *pRect );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pWinData->mnCursorExtWidth = nExtTextInputWidth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
const Rectangle* Window::GetCursorRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplWinData* pWinData = ImplGetWinData();
|
|
return pWinData->mpCursorRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
long Window::GetCursorExtTextInputWidth() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplWinData* pWinData = ImplGetWinData();
|
|
return pWinData->mnCursorExtWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetSettings( const AllSettings& rSettings, BOOL bChild )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetSettings( rSettings, FALSE );
|
|
if ( (mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) &&
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow->SetSettings( rSettings, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AllSettings aOldSettings = maSettings;
|
|
OutputDevice::SetSettings( rSettings );
|
|
ULONG nChangeFlags = aOldSettings.GetChangeFlags( rSettings );
|
|
|
|
// AppFont-Aufloesung und DPI-Aufloesung neu berechnen
|
|
ImplInitResolutionSettings();
|
|
|
|
if ( nChangeFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DataChangedEvent aDCEvt( DATACHANGED_SETTINGS, &aOldSettings, nChangeFlags );
|
|
DataChanged( aDCEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChild || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->SetSettings( rSettings, bChild );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::UpdateSettings( const AllSettings& rSettings, BOOL bChild )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->UpdateSettings( rSettings, FALSE );
|
|
if ( (mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) &&
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow->UpdateSettings( rSettings, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AllSettings aOldSettings = maSettings;
|
|
ULONG nChangeFlags = maSettings.Update( maSettings.GetWindowUpdate(), rSettings );
|
|
|
|
// AppFont-Aufloesung und DPI-Aufloesung neu berechnen
|
|
ImplInitResolutionSettings();
|
|
|
|
if( nChangeFlags & SETTINGS_STYLE )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mnStyle & WB_3DLOOK )
|
|
SetBackground( Wallpaper( rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor() ) );
|
|
else
|
|
SetBackground( Wallpaper( rSettings.GetStyleSettings().GetWindowColor() ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nChangeFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DataChangedEvent aDCEvt( DATACHANGED_SETTINGS, &aOldSettings, nChangeFlags );
|
|
DataChanged( aDCEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChild || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->UpdateSettings( rSettings, bChild );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::NotifyAllChilds( DataChangedEvent& rDCEvt )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
DataChanged( rDCEvt );
|
|
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->NotifyAllChilds( rDCEvt );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetPointFont( const Font& rFont )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Font aFont = rFont;
|
|
ImplPointToLogic( aFont );
|
|
SetFont( aFont );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Font Window::GetPointFont() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Font aFont = GetFont();
|
|
ImplLogicToPoint( aFont );
|
|
return aFont;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::GetFontResolution( sal_Int32& nDPIX, sal_Int32& nDPIY ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
nDPIX = mpFrameData->mnFontDPIX;
|
|
nDPIY = mpFrameData->mnFontDPIY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetParentClipMode( USHORT nMode )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetParentClipMode( nMode );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
mnParentClipMode = nMode;
|
|
if ( nMode & PARENTCLIPMODE_CLIP )
|
|
mpParent->mbClipChildren = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::GetParentClipMode() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->GetParentClipMode();
|
|
else
|
|
return mnParentClipMode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetWindowRegionPixel()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetWindowRegionPixel();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
maWinRegion = Region( REGION_NULL );
|
|
mbWinRegion = FALSE;
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpOverlapData && mpOverlapData->mpSaveBackDev )
|
|
ImplDeleteOverlapBackground();
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
ImplInvalidateParentFrameRegion( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetWindowRegionPixel( const Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetWindowRegionPixel( rRegion );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bInvalidate = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( rRegion.GetType() == REGION_NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbWinRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
maWinRegion = Region( REGION_NULL );
|
|
mbWinRegion = FALSE;
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
bInvalidate = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
maWinRegion = rRegion;
|
|
mbWinRegion = TRUE;
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
bInvalidate = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpOverlapData && mpOverlapData->mpSaveBackDev )
|
|
ImplDeleteOverlapBackground();
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
ImplInvalidateParentFrameRegion( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
const Region& Window::GetWindowRegionPixel() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->GetWindowRegionPixel();
|
|
else
|
|
return maWinRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsWindowRegionPixel() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->IsWindowRegionPixel();
|
|
else
|
|
return mbWinRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Region Window::GetWindowClipRegionPixel( USHORT nFlags ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Region aWinClipRegion;
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_GETCLIPREGION_NOCHILDREN )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
((Window*)this)->ImplInitWinClipRegion();
|
|
aWinClipRegion = maWinClipRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Region* pWinChildClipRegion = ((Window*)this)->ImplGetWinChildClipRegion();
|
|
aWinClipRegion = *pWinChildClipRegion;
|
|
// --- RTL --- remirror clip region before passing it to somebody
|
|
if( ((Window*)this)->ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
ImplReMirror( aWinClipRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_GETCLIPREGION_NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aWinRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Region aWinRegion( aWinRect );
|
|
|
|
if ( aWinRegion == aWinClipRegion )
|
|
aWinClipRegion.SetNull();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aWinClipRegion.Move( -mnOutOffX, -mnOutOffY );
|
|
|
|
return aWinClipRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Region Window::GetPaintRegion() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpPaintRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion = *mpPaintRegion;
|
|
aRegion.Move( -mnOutOffX, -mnOutOffY );
|
|
return PixelToLogic( aRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Region aPaintRegion( REGION_NULL );
|
|
return aPaintRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ExpandPaintClipRegion( const Region& rRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
if( mpPaintRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aPixRegion = LogicToPixel( rRegion );
|
|
Region aDevPixRegion = ImplPixelToDevicePixel( aPixRegion );
|
|
|
|
Region aWinChildRegion = *ImplGetWinChildClipRegion();
|
|
// --- RTL -- only this region is in frame coordinates, so re-mirror it
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
ImplReMirror( aWinChildRegion );
|
|
aDevPixRegion.Intersect( aWinChildRegion );
|
|
if( ! aDevPixRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpPaintRegion->Union( aDevPixRegion );
|
|
mbInitClipRegion = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetParent( Window* pNewParent )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pNewParent, "Window::SetParent(): pParent == NULL" );
|
|
|
|
ImplSetFrameParent( pNewParent );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpRealParent = pNewParent;
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetParent( pNewParent );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpParent == pNewParent )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
BOOL bVisible = IsVisible();
|
|
Show( FALSE, SHOW_NOFOCUSCHANGE );
|
|
|
|
// Testen, ob sich das Overlap-Window aendert
|
|
Window* pOldOverlapWindow;
|
|
Window* pNewOverlapWindow = NULL;
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pNewOverlapWindow = pNewParent->ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
if ( mpOverlapWindow != pNewOverlapWindow )
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fenster in der Hirachie umsetzen
|
|
BOOL bFocusOverlapWin = HasChildPathFocus( TRUE );
|
|
BOOL bFocusWin = HasChildPathFocus();
|
|
BOOL bNewFrame = pNewParent->mpFrameWindow != mpFrameWindow;
|
|
if ( bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFocusWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsWindowOrChild( mpFrameData->mpFocusWin ) )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsWindowOrChild( mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin ) )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseMoveWin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsWindowOrChild( mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin ) )
|
|
mpFrameData->mpMouseDownWin = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ImplRemoveWindow( bNewFrame );
|
|
ImplInsertWindow( pNewParent );
|
|
if ( mnParentClipMode & PARENTCLIPMODE_CLIP )
|
|
pNewParent->mbClipChildren = TRUE;
|
|
ImplUpdateWindowPtr();
|
|
if ( ImplUpdatePos() )
|
|
ImplUpdateSysObjPos();
|
|
|
|
// Wenn sich das Overlap-Window geaendert hat, dann muss getestet werden,
|
|
// ob auch OverlapWindow die das Child-Fenster als Parent gehabt haben
|
|
// in der Window-Hirachie umgesetzt werden muessen
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pNextOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
pOverlapWindow->ImplUpdateOverlapWindowPtr( bNewFrame );
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pNextOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( pOldOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// Focus-Save zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( bFocusWin ||
|
|
(pOldOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow &&
|
|
IsWindowOrChild( pOldOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow )) )
|
|
pOldOverlapWindow->mpLastFocusWindow = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Window* pOverlapWindow = pOldOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pNextOverlapWindow = pOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
if ( ImplIsRealParentPath( pOverlapWindow->ImplGetWindow() ) )
|
|
pOverlapWindow->ImplUpdateOverlapWindowPtr( bNewFrame );
|
|
pOverlapWindow = pNextOverlapWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Activate-Status beim naechsten Overlap-Window updaten
|
|
if ( HasChildPathFocus( TRUE ) )
|
|
ImplCallFocusChangeActivate( pNewOverlapWindow, pOldOverlapWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Activate-Status mit umsetzen
|
|
if ( bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( (GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) &&
|
|
(ImplGetWindow()->GetType() == WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW) )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)this)->SetDisplayActive( mpFrameData->mbHasFocus );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Focus evtl. auf den neuen Frame umsetzen, wenn FocusWindow mit
|
|
// SetParent() umgesetzt wird
|
|
if ( bFocusOverlapWin )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mpFocusWin = Application::GetFocusWindow();
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbHasFocus )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrame->ToTop( 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Assure DragSource and DropTarget members are created
|
|
if ( bNewFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
GetDropTarget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bVisible )
|
|
Show( TRUE, SHOW_NOFOCUSCHANGE | SHOW_NOACTIVATE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Show( BOOL bVisible, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
BOOL bNativeFrameRegistered = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( mbVisible == bVisible )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
mbVisible = bVisible != 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( !bVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplHideAllOverlaps();
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bOldUpdate = mpBorderWindow->mbNoParentUpdate;
|
|
if ( mbNoParentUpdate )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->mbNoParentUpdate = TRUE;
|
|
mpBorderWindow->Show( FALSE, nFlags );
|
|
mpBorderWindow->mbNoParentUpdate = bOldUpdate;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents = TRUE;
|
|
mpFrame->Show( FALSE, FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_VISIBLE );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aInvRegion( REGION_EMPTY );
|
|
BOOL bSaveBack = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() && !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplRestoreOverlapBackground( aInvRegion ) )
|
|
bSaveBack = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !bSaveBack )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
ImplInitWinClipRegion();
|
|
aInvRegion = maWinClipRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImplResetReallyVisible();
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() && !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// Focus umsetzen
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & SHOW_NOFOCUSCHANGE) && HasChildPathFocus() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpOverlapWindow->IsEnabled() && mpOverlapWindow->IsInputEnabled() )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->GrabFocus();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mbNoParentUpdate && !(nFlags & SHOW_NOPARENTUPDATE) )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !aInvRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplInvalidateParentFrameRegion( aInvRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// inherit native widget flag for form controls
|
|
// required here, because frames never show up in the child hierarchy - which should be fixed....
|
|
// eg, the drop down of a combobox which is a system floating window
|
|
if( mbFrame && GetParent() && GetParent()->IsCompoundControl() &&
|
|
GetParent()->IsNativeWidgetEnabled() != IsNativeWidgetEnabled() )
|
|
EnableNativeWidget( GetParent()->IsNativeWidgetEnabled() );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbCallMove )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallMove();
|
|
}
|
|
if ( mbCallResize )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallResize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_VISIBLE );
|
|
|
|
Window* pTestParent;
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pTestParent = mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
pTestParent = ImplGetParent();
|
|
if ( mbFrame || pTestParent->mbReallyVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn ein Window gerade sichtbar wird, schicken wir allen
|
|
// Child-Fenstern ein StateChanged, damit diese sich
|
|
// initialisieren koennen
|
|
ImplCallInitShow();
|
|
|
|
// Wenn es ein SystemWindow ist, dann kommt es auch automatisch
|
|
// nach vorne, wenn es gewuenscht ist
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() && !(nFlags & SHOW_NOACTIVATE) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplStartToTop( 0 );
|
|
ImplFocusToTop( 0, FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Hintergrund sichern
|
|
if ( mpOverlapData && mpOverlapData->mbSaveBack )
|
|
ImplSaveOverlapBackground();
|
|
// Dafuer sorgen, das Clip-Rechtecke neu berechnet werden
|
|
ImplSetReallyVisible();
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplInvalidate( NULL, INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT | INVALIDATE_CHILDREN );
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->Show( TRUE, nFlags );
|
|
else if ( mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
// #106431#, hide SplashScreen
|
|
if( pSVData->mpIntroWindow && !ImplIsWindowOrChild( pSVData->mpIntroWindow ) )
|
|
pSVData->mpIntroWindow->Hide();
|
|
|
|
//DBG_ASSERT( !mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents, "Window::Show() - Frame reactivated");
|
|
mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
mbPaintFrame = TRUE;
|
|
BOOL bNoActivate = nFlags & (SHOW_NOACTIVATE|SHOW_NOFOCUSCHANGE);
|
|
mpFrame->Show( TRUE, bNoActivate );
|
|
|
|
// Query the correct size of the window, if we are waiting for
|
|
// a system resize
|
|
if ( mbWaitSystemResize )
|
|
{
|
|
long nOutWidth;
|
|
long nOutHeight;
|
|
mpFrame->GetClientSize( nOutWidth, nOutHeight );
|
|
ImplHandleResize( this, nOutWidth, nOutHeight );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DBG_UTIL
|
|
if ( IsDialog() || (GetType() == WINDOW_TABPAGE) || (GetType() == WINDOW_DOCKINGWINDOW) )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_DIALOGTEST( this );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
ImplShowAllOverlaps();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
// the SHOW/HIDE events also serve as indicators to send child creation/destroy events to the access bridge
|
|
// to avoid creation event to be send twice a NULL handle is passed if this (frame)window was already registered
|
|
// a NULL handle is also passed if:
|
|
// the window is hidden
|
|
// the window is not really visible (ie, all parents must be visible)
|
|
void *pData = this;
|
|
if( mbVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// show
|
|
if( bNativeFrameRegistered || !ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() || !mbReallyVisible )
|
|
pData = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// hide
|
|
if( !ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
pData = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( mbVisible ? VCLEVENT_WINDOW_SHOW : VCLEVENT_WINDOW_HIDE, pData );
|
|
|
|
// #107575#, if a floating windows is shown that grabs the focus, we have to notify the toolkit about it
|
|
// ImplGrabFocus() is not called in this case
|
|
// Because this might lead to problems the task will be shifted to 6.y
|
|
// Note: top-level context menues are registered at the access bridge after being shown,
|
|
// so this will probably not help here....
|
|
/*
|
|
if( mbFloatWin && ((FloatingWindow*) this )->GrabsFocus() )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
if( !mbVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_LOSEFOCUS );
|
|
if( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin->ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_GETFOCUS );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if( pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpFocusWin->ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_LOSEFOCUS );
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_GETFOCUS );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Size Window::GetSizePixel() const
|
|
{
|
|
return Size( mnOutWidth+mnLeftBorder+mnRightBorder,
|
|
mnOutHeight+mnTopBorder+mnBottomBorder );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::GetBorder( sal_Int32& rLeftBorder, sal_Int32& rTopBorder,
|
|
sal_Int32& rRightBorder, sal_Int32& rBottomBorder ) const
|
|
{
|
|
rLeftBorder = mnLeftBorder;
|
|
rTopBorder = mnTopBorder;
|
|
rRightBorder = mnRightBorder;
|
|
rBottomBorder = mnBottomBorder;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Enable( BOOL bEnable, BOOL bChild )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn ein Fenster disablte wird, wird automatisch der Tracking-Modus
|
|
// beendet oder der Capture geklaut
|
|
if ( IsTracking() )
|
|
EndTracking( ENDTRACK_CANCEL );
|
|
if ( IsMouseCaptured() )
|
|
ReleaseMouse();
|
|
// Wenn Fenster den Focus hat und in der Dialog-Steuerung enthalten,
|
|
// wird versucht, den Focus auf das naechste Control weiterzuschalten
|
|
// mbDisabled darf erst nach Aufruf von ImplDlgCtrlNextWindow() gesetzt
|
|
// werden. Ansonsten muss ImplDlgCtrlNextWindow() umgestellt werden
|
|
if ( HasFocus() )
|
|
ImplDlgCtrlNextWindow();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->Enable( bEnable, FALSE );
|
|
if ( (mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) &&
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow->Enable( bEnable, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mbDisabled != !bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
mbDisabled = !bEnable;
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
mpSysObj->Enable( bEnable && !mbInputDisabled );
|
|
// if ( mbFrame )
|
|
// mpFrame->Enable( bEnable && !mbInputDisabled );
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_ENABLE );
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( bEnable ? VCLEVENT_WINDOW_ENABLED : VCLEVENT_WINDOW_DISABLED );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChild || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->Enable( bEnable, bChild );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableInput( BOOL bEnable, BOOL bChild )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
BOOL bNotify = (bEnable != mbInputDisabled);
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->EnableInput( bEnable, FALSE );
|
|
if ( (mpBorderWindow->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) &&
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow )
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow*)mpBorderWindow)->mpMenuBarWindow->EnableInput( bEnable, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbAlwaysEnableInput || bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
// Wenn ein Fenster disablte wird, wird automatisch der
|
|
// Tracking-Modus beendet oder der Capture geklaut
|
|
if ( !bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( IsTracking() )
|
|
EndTracking( ENDTRACK_CANCEL );
|
|
if ( IsMouseCaptured() )
|
|
ReleaseMouse();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( mbInputDisabled != !bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
mbInputDisabled = !bEnable;
|
|
if ( mpSysObj )
|
|
mpSysObj->Enable( !mbDisabled && bEnable );
|
|
// if ( mbFrame )
|
|
// mpFrame->Enable( !mbDisabled && bEnable );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChild || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->EnableInput( bEnable, bChild );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
|
|
// #104827# notify parent
|
|
if ( bNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
NotifyEvent aNEvt( bEnable ? EVENT_INPUTENABLE : EVENT_INPUTDISABLE, this );
|
|
Notify( aNEvt );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableInput( BOOL bEnable, BOOL bChild, BOOL bSysWin,
|
|
const Window* pExcludeWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
EnableInput( bEnable, bChild );
|
|
if ( bSysWin )
|
|
{
|
|
// pExculeWindow is the first Overlap-Frame --> if this
|
|
// shouldn't be the case, than this must be changed in dialog.cxx
|
|
if( pExcludeWindow )
|
|
pExcludeWindow = pExcludeWindow->ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow();
|
|
Window* pSysWin = mpFrameWindow->mpFrameData->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pSysWin )
|
|
{
|
|
// Is Window in the path from this window
|
|
if ( ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow()->ImplIsWindowOrChild( pSysWin, TRUE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Is Window not in the exclude window path or not the
|
|
// exclude window, than change the status
|
|
if ( !pExcludeWindow || !pExcludeWindow->ImplIsWindowOrChild( pSysWin, TRUE ) )
|
|
pSysWin->EnableInput( bEnable, bChild );
|
|
}
|
|
pSysWin = pSysWin->mpNextOverlap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// enable/disable floating system windows as well
|
|
Window* pFrameWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while ( pFrameWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pFrameWin->ImplIsFloatingWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Is Window in the path from this window
|
|
if ( ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow()->ImplIsWindowOrChild( pFrameWin, TRUE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
// Is Window not in the exclude window path or not the
|
|
// exclude window, than change the status
|
|
if ( !pExcludeWindow || !pExcludeWindow->ImplIsWindowOrChild( pFrameWin, TRUE ) )
|
|
pFrameWin->EnableInput( bEnable, bChild );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pFrameWin = pFrameWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::AlwaysEnableInput( BOOL bAlways, BOOL bChild )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->AlwaysEnableInput( bAlways, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbAlwaysEnableInput != bAlways )
|
|
{
|
|
mbAlwaysEnableInput = bAlways;
|
|
|
|
if ( bAlways )
|
|
EnableInput( TRUE, FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bChild || mbChildNotify )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->AlwaysEnableInput( bAlways, bChild );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetActivateMode( USHORT nMode )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetActivateMode( nMode );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnActivateMode != nMode )
|
|
{
|
|
mnActivateMode = nMode;
|
|
|
|
// Evtl. ein Decativate/Activate ausloesen
|
|
if ( mnActivateMode )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( (mbActive || (GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW)) &&
|
|
!HasChildPathFocus( TRUE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
mbActive = FALSE;
|
|
Deactivate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mbActive || (GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW) )
|
|
{
|
|
mbActive = TRUE;
|
|
Activate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ToTop( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplStartToTop( nFlags );
|
|
ImplFocusToTop( nFlags, IsReallyVisible() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetZOrder( Window* pRefWindow, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetZOrder( pRefWindow, nFlags );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_ZORDER_FIRST )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pRefWindow = mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
else
|
|
pRefWindow = mpParent->mpFirstChild;
|
|
nFlags |= WINDOW_ZORDER_BEFOR;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( nFlags & WINDOW_ZORDER_LAST )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
pRefWindow = mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap;
|
|
else
|
|
pRefWindow = mpParent->mpLastChild;
|
|
nFlags |= WINDOW_ZORDER_BEHIND;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while ( pRefWindow->mpBorderWindow )
|
|
pRefWindow = pRefWindow->mpBorderWindow;
|
|
if ( (pRefWindow == this) || mbFrame )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pRefWindow->mpParent == mpParent, "Window::SetZOrder() - pRefWindow has other parent" );
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_ZORDER_BEFOR )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pRefWindow->mpPrev == this )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = mpPrev;
|
|
if ( !pRefWindow->mpPrev )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpFirstChild = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpLastChild = mpPrev;
|
|
if ( !pRefWindow->mpPrev )
|
|
mpParent->mpFirstChild = this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpPrev = pRefWindow->mpPrev;
|
|
mpNext = pRefWindow;
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = this;
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( nFlags & WINDOW_ZORDER_BEHIND )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pRefWindow->mpNext == this )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = mpPrev;
|
|
if ( !pRefWindow->mpNext )
|
|
mpOverlapWindow->mpLastOverlap = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpPrev )
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = mpNext;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpFirstChild = mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = mpPrev;
|
|
else
|
|
mpParent->mpLastChild = mpPrev;
|
|
if ( !pRefWindow->mpNext )
|
|
mpParent->mpLastChild = this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mpPrev = pRefWindow;
|
|
mpNext = pRefWindow->mpNext;
|
|
if ( mpNext )
|
|
mpNext->mpPrev = this;
|
|
mpPrev->mpNext = this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
// Hintergrund-Sicherung zuruecksetzen
|
|
if ( mpFrameData->mpFirstBackWin )
|
|
ImplInvalidateAllOverlapBackgrounds();
|
|
|
|
if ( mbInitWinClipRegion || !maWinClipRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bInitWinClipRegion = mbInitWinClipRegion;
|
|
ImplSetClipFlag();
|
|
|
|
// Wenn ClipRegion noch nicht initalisiert wurde, dann
|
|
// gehen wir davon aus, das das Fenster noch nicht
|
|
// ausgegeben wurde und loesen somit auch keine
|
|
// Invalidates aus. Dies ist eine Optimierung fuer
|
|
// HTML-Dokumenten mit vielen Controls. Wenn es mal
|
|
// Probleme mit dieser Abfrage gibt, sollte man ein
|
|
// Flag einfuehren, ob das Fenster nach Show schon
|
|
// einmal ausgegeben wurde.
|
|
if ( !bInitWinClipRegion )
|
|
{
|
|
// Alle nebeneinanderliegen Fenster invalidieren
|
|
// Noch nicht komplett implementiert !!!
|
|
Rectangle aWinRect( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
Window* pWindow = NULL;
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpOverlapWindow )
|
|
pWindow = mpOverlapWindow->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
pWindow = ImplGetParent()->mpFirstChild;
|
|
// Alle Fenster, die vor uns liegen und von uns verdeckt wurden,
|
|
// invalidieren
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow == this )
|
|
break;
|
|
Rectangle aCompRect( Point( pWindow->mnOutOffX, pWindow->mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( pWindow->mnOutWidth, pWindow->mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
if ( aWinRect.IsOver( aCompRect ) )
|
|
pWindow->Invalidate( INVALIDATE_CHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT );
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
// Wenn uns ein Fenster welches im Hinterund liegt verdeckt hat,
|
|
// dann muessen wir uns neu ausgeben
|
|
while ( pWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow != this )
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle aCompRect( Point( pWindow->mnOutOffX, pWindow->mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( pWindow->mnOutWidth, pWindow->mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
if ( aWinRect.IsOver( aCompRect ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Invalidate( INVALIDATE_CHILDREN | INVALIDATE_NOTRANSPARENT );
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableAlwaysOnTop( BOOL bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
mbAlwaysOnTop = bEnable;
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->EnableAlwaysOnTop( bEnable );
|
|
else if ( bEnable && IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
ToTop();
|
|
|
|
if ( mbFrame )
|
|
mpFrame->SetAlwaysOnTop( bEnable );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetPosSizePixel( long nX, long nY,
|
|
long nWidth, long nHeight, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
BOOL bHasValidSize = !mbDefSize;
|
|
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_POS )
|
|
mbDefPos = FALSE;
|
|
if ( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_SIZE )
|
|
mbDefSize = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// Oberstes BorderWindow ist das Window, welches positioniert werden soll
|
|
Window* pWindow = this;
|
|
while ( pWindow->mpBorderWindow )
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->mpBorderWindow;
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow->mbFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
// Note: if we're positioning a frame, the coordinates are interpreted
|
|
// as being the top-left corner of the window's client area and NOT
|
|
// as the position of the border ! (due to limitations of several UNIX window managers)
|
|
long nOldWidth = pWindow->mnOutWidth;
|
|
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_WIDTH) )
|
|
nWidth = pWindow->mnOutWidth;
|
|
if ( !(nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_HEIGHT) )
|
|
nHeight = pWindow->mnOutHeight;
|
|
|
|
|
|
USHORT nSysFlags=0;
|
|
if( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_WIDTH )
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_WIDTH;
|
|
if( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_HEIGHT )
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_HEIGHT;
|
|
if( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_X )
|
|
{
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_X;
|
|
if( GetParent() && GetParent()->ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !GetParent()->IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror at parent window)
|
|
Rectangle aRect( Point ( nX, nY ), Size( nWidth, nHeight ) );
|
|
GetParent()->ImplReMirror( aRect );
|
|
nX = aRect.nLeft;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if( !(nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_X) && bHasValidSize && pWindow->mpFrame->maGeometry.nWidth )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- make sure the old right aligned position is not changed
|
|
// system windows will always grow to the right
|
|
if( pWindow->GetParent() && pWindow->GetParent()->ImplHasMirroredGraphics() )
|
|
{
|
|
long myWidth = nOldWidth;
|
|
if( !myWidth )
|
|
myWidth = mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nWidth;
|
|
if( !myWidth )
|
|
myWidth = nWidth;
|
|
nFlags |= WINDOW_POSSIZE_X;
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_X;
|
|
nX = mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nX - pWindow->GetParent()->mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nX -
|
|
mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nLeftDecoration;
|
|
nX = pWindow->GetParent()->mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nX - mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nLeftDecoration +
|
|
pWindow->GetParent()->mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nWidth - myWidth - 1 - mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nX;
|
|
if(!(nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y))
|
|
{
|
|
nFlags |= WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y;
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_Y;
|
|
nY = mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nY - pWindow->GetParent()->mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nY -
|
|
mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry().nTopDecoration;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if( nFlags & WINDOW_POSSIZE_Y )
|
|
nSysFlags |= SAL_FRAME_POSSIZE_Y;
|
|
pWindow->mpFrame->SetPosSize( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nSysFlags );
|
|
|
|
// Resize should be called directly. If we havn't
|
|
// set the correct size, we get a second resize from
|
|
// the system with the correct size. This can be happend
|
|
// if the size is to small or to large.
|
|
ImplHandleResize( pWindow, nWidth, nHeight );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pWindow->ImplPosSizeWindow( nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, nFlags );
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::GetPosPixel() const
|
|
{
|
|
return maPos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Rectangle Window::GetDesktopRectPixel() const
|
|
{
|
|
Rectangle rRect;
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mpFrame->GetWorkArea( rRect );
|
|
return rRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::OutputToScreenPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to top level parent
|
|
return Point( rPos.X()+mnOutOffX, rPos.Y()+mnOutOffY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::ScreenToOutputPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to top level parent
|
|
return Point( rPos.X()-mnOutOffX, rPos.Y()-mnOutOffY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
long Window::ImplGetUnmirroredOutOffX()
|
|
{
|
|
// revert mnOutOffX changes that were potentially made in ImplPosSizeWindow
|
|
long offx = mnOutOffX;
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( mpParent && !mpParent->mbFrame && mpParent->ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !mpParent->IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
offx -= mpParent->mnOutOffX;
|
|
|
|
offx = mpParent->mnOutWidth - mnOutWidth - offx;
|
|
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
offx += mpParent->mnOutOffX;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return offx;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// normalized screen pixel are independent of mirroring
|
|
Point Window::OutputToNormalizedScreenPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to top level parent
|
|
long offx = ((Window*) this)->ImplGetUnmirroredOutOffX();
|
|
return Point( rPos.X()+offx, rPos.Y()+mnOutOffY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Point Window::NormalizedScreenToOutputPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to top level parent
|
|
long offx = ((Window*) this)->ImplGetUnmirroredOutOffX();
|
|
return Point( rPos.X()-offx, rPos.Y()-mnOutOffY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to the screen
|
|
Point p = OutputToScreenPixel( rPos );
|
|
SalFrameGeometry g = mpFrame->GetGeometry();
|
|
p.X() += g.nX;
|
|
p.Y() += g.nY;
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// relative to the screen
|
|
Point p = ScreenToOutputPixel( rPos );
|
|
SalFrameGeometry g = mpFrame->GetGeometry();
|
|
p.X() -= g.nX;
|
|
p.Y() -= g.nY;
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Rectangle Window::ImplOutputToUnmirroredAbsoluteScreenPixel( const Rectangle &rRect ) const
|
|
{
|
|
// this method creates unmirrored screen coordinates to be compared with the desktop
|
|
// and is used for positioning of RTL popup windows correctly on the screen
|
|
SalFrameGeometry g = mpFrame->GetUnmirroredGeometry();
|
|
|
|
Point p1 = OutputToScreenPixel( rRect.TopRight() );
|
|
p1.X() = g.nX+g.nWidth-p1.X();
|
|
p1.Y() += g.nY;
|
|
|
|
Point p2 = OutputToScreenPixel( rRect.BottomLeft() );
|
|
p2.X() = g.nX+g.nWidth-p2.X();
|
|
p2.Y() += g.nY;
|
|
|
|
return Rectangle( p1, p2 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Rectangle Window::GetWindowExtentsRelative( Window *pRelativeWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// with decoration
|
|
return ImplGetWindowExtentsRelative( pRelativeWindow, FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Rectangle Window::GetClientWindowExtentsRelative( Window *pRelativeWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// without decoration
|
|
return ImplGetWindowExtentsRelative( pRelativeWindow, TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Rectangle Window::ImplGetWindowExtentsRelative( Window *pRelativeWindow, BOOL bClientOnly )
|
|
{
|
|
SalFrameGeometry g = mpFrame->GetGeometry();
|
|
// make sure we use the extent of our border window,
|
|
// otherwise we miss a few pixels
|
|
Window *pWin = (!bClientOnly && mpBorderWindow) ? mpBorderWindow : this;
|
|
|
|
Point aPos( pWin->OutputToScreenPixel( Point(0,0) ) );
|
|
aPos.X() += g.nX;
|
|
aPos.Y() += g.nY;
|
|
Size aSize ( pWin->GetSizePixel() );
|
|
// #104088# do not add decoration to the workwindow to be compatible to java accessibility api
|
|
if( !bClientOnly && (mbFrame || (mpBorderWindow && mpBorderWindow->mbFrame && GetType() != WINDOW_WORKWINDOW)) )
|
|
{
|
|
aPos.X() -= g.nLeftDecoration;
|
|
aPos.Y() -= g.nTopDecoration;
|
|
aSize.Width() += g.nLeftDecoration + g.nRightDecoration;
|
|
aSize.Height() += g.nTopDecoration + g.nBottomDecoration;
|
|
}
|
|
if( pRelativeWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
// #106399# express coordinates relative to borderwindow
|
|
Window *pRelWin = (!bClientOnly && pRelativeWindow->mpBorderWindow) ? pRelativeWindow->mpBorderWindow : pRelativeWindow;
|
|
aPos = pRelWin->AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
return Rectangle( aPos, aSize );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Scroll( long nHorzScroll, long nVertScroll, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplScroll( Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ),
|
|
Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ),
|
|
nHorzScroll, nVertScroll, nFlags & ~SCROLL_CLIP );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Scroll( long nHorzScroll, long nVertScroll,
|
|
const Rectangle& rRect, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aRect = ImplLogicToDevicePixel( rRect );
|
|
aRect.Intersection( Rectangle( Point( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY ), Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
if ( !aRect.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplScroll( aRect, nHorzScroll, nVertScroll, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Invalidate( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ImplInvalidate( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Invalidate( const Rectangle& rRect, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aRect = ImplLogicToDevicePixel( rRect );
|
|
if ( !aRect.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
ImplInvalidate( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Invalidate( const Region& rRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( rRegion.IsNull() )
|
|
ImplInvalidate( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion = ImplPixelToDevicePixel( LogicToPixel( rRegion ) );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplInvalidate( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Validate( USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ImplValidate( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Validate( const Rectangle& rRect, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aRect = ImplLogicToDevicePixel( rRect );
|
|
if ( !aRect.IsEmpty() )
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion( aRect );
|
|
ImplValidate( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Validate( const Region& rRegion, USHORT nFlags )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !IsDeviceOutputNecessary() || !mnOutWidth || !mnOutHeight )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( rRegion.IsNull() )
|
|
ImplValidate( NULL, nFlags );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Region aRegion = ImplPixelToDevicePixel( LogicToPixel( rRegion ) );
|
|
if ( !aRegion.IsEmpty() )
|
|
ImplValidate( &aRegion, nFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::HasPaintEvent() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbReallyVisible )
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow->mbPaintFrame )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINT )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( !ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
const Window* pTempWindow = this;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pTempWindow = pTempWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
if ( pTempWindow->mnPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !pTempWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Update()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mpBorderWindow->Update();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !mbReallyVisible )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
BOOL bFlush = FALSE;
|
|
if ( mpFrameWindow->mbPaintFrame )
|
|
{
|
|
Point aPoint( 0, 0 );
|
|
Region aRegion( Rectangle( aPoint, Size( mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) ) );
|
|
ImplInvalidateOverlapFrameRegion( aRegion );
|
|
if ( mbFrame || (mpBorderWindow && mpBorderWindow->mbFrame) )
|
|
bFlush = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Zuerst muessen wir alle Fenster ueberspringen, die Paint-Transparent
|
|
// sind
|
|
Window* pUpdateWindow = this;
|
|
Window* pWindow = pUpdateWindow;
|
|
while ( !pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !pWindow->mbPaintTransparent )
|
|
{
|
|
pUpdateWindow = pWindow;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
// Ein Update wirkt immer auf das Window, wo PAINTALLCHILDS gesetzt
|
|
// ist, damit nicht zuviel gemalt wird
|
|
pWindow = pUpdateWindow;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pWindow->mnPaintFlags & IMPL_PAINT_PAINTALLCHILDS )
|
|
pUpdateWindow = pWindow;
|
|
if ( pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
|
|
// Wenn es etwas zu malen gibt, dann ein Paint ausloesen
|
|
if ( pUpdateWindow->mnPaintFlags & (IMPL_PAINT_PAINT | IMPL_PAINT_PAINTCHILDS) )
|
|
{
|
|
// und fuer alle ueber uns stehende System-Fenster auch ein Update
|
|
// ausloesen, damit nicht die ganze Zeit luecken stehen bleiben
|
|
Window* pUpdateOverlapWindow = ImplGetFirstOverlapWindow()->mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
while ( pUpdateOverlapWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
pUpdateOverlapWindow->Update();
|
|
pUpdateOverlapWindow = pUpdateOverlapWindow->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pUpdateWindow->ImplCallPaint( NULL, pUpdateWindow->mnPaintFlags );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( bFlush )
|
|
Flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Flush()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
mpFrame->Flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::Sync()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
mpFrame->Sync();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetUpdateMode( BOOL bUpdate )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
mbNoUpdate = !bUpdate;
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_UPDATEMODE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::GrabFocus()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplGrabFocus( 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::HasFocus() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
// #107575# the first floating window always has the keyboard focus, see also winproc.cxx: ImplGetKeyInputWindow()
|
|
// task was shifted to 6.y, so its commented out
|
|
/*
|
|
Window* pFocusWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFirstFloat;
|
|
if( pFocusWin && pFocusWin->mbFloatWin && ((FloatingWindow *)pFocusWin)->GrabsFocus() )
|
|
pFocusWin = pFocusWin->GetPreferredKeyInputWindow();
|
|
else
|
|
pFocusWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFocusWin;
|
|
|
|
return (this == pFocusWin);
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return (this == ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFocusWin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::GrabFocusToDocument()
|
|
{
|
|
Window *pWin = this;
|
|
while( pWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !pWin->GetParent() )
|
|
{
|
|
pWin->ImplGetFrameWindow()->GetWindow( WINDOW_CLIENT )->GrabFocus();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
pWin = pWin->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::HasChildPathFocus( BOOL bSystemWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
// #107575#, the first floating window always has the keyboard focus, see also winproc.cxx: ImplGetKeyInputWindow()
|
|
// task was shifted to 6.y, so its commented out
|
|
/*
|
|
Window* pFocusWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFirstFloat;
|
|
if( pFocusWin && pFocusWin->mbFloatWin && ((FloatingWindow *)pFocusWin)->GrabsFocus() )
|
|
pFocusWin = pFocusWin->GetPreferredKeyInputWindow();
|
|
else
|
|
pFocusWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFocusWin;
|
|
*/
|
|
Window* pFocusWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFocusWin;
|
|
if ( pFocusWin )
|
|
return ImplIsWindowOrChild( pFocusWin, bSystemWindow );
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::CaptureMouse()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
|
|
// Tracking evt. beenden
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpTrackWin != this )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpTrackWin )
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpTrackWin->EndTracking( ENDTRACK_CANCEL );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin != this )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin = this;
|
|
mpFrame->CaptureMouse( TRUE );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ReleaseMouse()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
ImplSVData* pSVData = ImplGetSVData();
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERTWARNING( pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin == this,
|
|
"Window::ReleaseMouse(): window doesn't have the mouse capture" );
|
|
|
|
if ( pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin == this )
|
|
{
|
|
pSVData->maWinData.mpCaptureWin = NULL;
|
|
mpFrame->CaptureMouse( FALSE );
|
|
ImplGenerateMouseMove();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsMouseCaptured() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
return (this == ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpCaptureWin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetPointer( const Pointer& rPointer )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( maPointer == rPointer )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
maPointer = rPointer;
|
|
|
|
// Pointer evt. direkt umsetzen
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove && ImplTestMousePointerSet() )
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointer( ImplGetMousePointer() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableChildPointerOverwrite( BOOL bOverwrite )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbChildPtrOverwrite == bOverwrite )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
mbChildPtrOverwrite = bOverwrite;
|
|
|
|
// Pointer evt. direkt umsetzen
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove && ImplTestMousePointerSet() )
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointer( ImplGetMousePointer() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetPointerPosPixel( const Point& rPos )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Point aPos = ImplOutputToFrame( rPos );
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror mouse pos at this window)
|
|
ImplReMirror( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
// mirroring is required here, SetPointerPos bypasses SalGraphics
|
|
mpGraphics->mirror( aPos.X(), this );
|
|
}
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointerPos( aPos.X(), aPos.Y() );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::GetPointerPosPixel()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Point aPos( mpFrameData->mnLastMouseX, mpFrameData->mnLastMouseY );
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror mouse pos at this window)
|
|
ImplReMirror( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
return ImplFrameToOutput( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Point Window::GetLastPointerPosPixel()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Point aPos( mpFrameData->mnBeforeLastMouseX, mpFrameData->mnBeforeLastMouseY );
|
|
#ifndef REMOTE_APPSERVER
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror mouse pos at this window)
|
|
ImplReMirror( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return ImplFrameToOutput( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ShowPointer( BOOL bVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mbNoPtrVisible != !bVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
mbNoPtrVisible = !bVisible;
|
|
|
|
// Pointer evt. direkt umsetzen
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove && ImplTestMousePointerSet() )
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointer( ImplGetMousePointer() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window::PointerState Window::GetPointerState()
|
|
{
|
|
PointerState aState;
|
|
aState.mnState = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (mpFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
SalFrame::SalPointerState aSalPointerState;
|
|
|
|
aSalPointerState = mpFrame->GetPointerState();
|
|
if( ImplHasMirroredGraphics() && !IsRTLEnabled() )
|
|
{
|
|
// --- RTL --- (re-mirror mouse pos at this window)
|
|
ImplReMirror( aSalPointerState.maPos );
|
|
}
|
|
aState.maPos = ImplFrameToOutput( aSalPointerState.maPos );
|
|
aState.mnState = aSalPointerState.mnState;
|
|
}
|
|
return aState;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsMouseOver()
|
|
{
|
|
return ImplGetWinData()->mbMouseOver;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnterWait()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
mnWaitCount++;
|
|
|
|
if ( mnWaitCount == 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
// Pointer evt. direkt umsetzen
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove && ImplTestMousePointerSet() )
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointer( ImplGetMousePointer() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::LeaveWait()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mnWaitCount )
|
|
{
|
|
mnWaitCount--;
|
|
|
|
if ( !mnWaitCount )
|
|
{
|
|
// Pointer evt. direkt umsetzen
|
|
if ( !mpFrameData->mbInMouseMove && ImplTestMousePointerSet() )
|
|
mpFrame->SetPointer( ImplGetMousePointer() );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetCursor( Cursor* pCursor )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( mpCursor != pCursor )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mpCursor )
|
|
mpCursor->ImplHide();
|
|
mpCursor = pCursor;
|
|
if ( pCursor )
|
|
pCursor->ImplShow();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetText( const XubString& rStr )
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
String oldTitle( maText );
|
|
maText = rStr;
|
|
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->SetText( rStr );
|
|
else if ( mbFrame )
|
|
mpFrame->SetTitle( rStr );
|
|
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_FRAMETITLECHANGED, &oldTitle );
|
|
|
|
// #107247# needed for accessibility
|
|
// The VCLEVENT_WINDOW_FRAMETITLECHANGED is (mis)used to notify accessible name changes.
|
|
// Therefore a window, which is labeled by this window, must also notify an accessible
|
|
// name change.
|
|
if ( IsReallyVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pWindow = GetLabelFor();
|
|
if ( pWindow && pWindow != this )
|
|
pWindow->ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_FRAMETITLECHANGED, &oldTitle );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
StateChanged( STATE_CHANGE_TEXT );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
String Window::GetText() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
return maText;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
String Window::GetDisplayText() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
return GetText();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
const Wallpaper& Window::GetDisplayBackground() const
|
|
{
|
|
if( !IsBackground() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( mpParent )
|
|
return mpParent->GetDisplayBackground();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const Wallpaper& rBack = GetBackground();
|
|
if( ! rBack.IsBitmap() &&
|
|
! rBack.IsGradient() &&
|
|
rBack.GetColor().GetColor() == COL_TRANSPARENT &&
|
|
mpParent )
|
|
return mpParent->GetDisplayBackground();
|
|
return rBack;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
const XubString& Window::GetHelpText() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( !maHelpText.Len() && mnHelpId )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !IsDialog() && (mnType != WINDOW_TABPAGE) && (mnType != WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW) )
|
|
{
|
|
Help* pHelp = Application::GetHelp();
|
|
if ( pHelp )
|
|
((Window*)this)->maHelpText = pHelp->GetHelpText( GetHelpId(), this );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return maHelpText;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::FindWindow( const Point& rPos ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
Point aPos = OutputToScreenPixel( rPos );
|
|
return ((Window*)this)->ImplFindWindow( aPos );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::GetChildCount() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
USHORT nChildCount = 0;
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
nChildCount++;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nChildCount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::GetChild( USHORT nChild ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
USHORT nChildCount = 0;
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( nChild == nChildCount )
|
|
return pChild;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
nChildCount++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::GetWindow( USHORT nType ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
switch ( nType )
|
|
{
|
|
case WINDOW_PARENT:
|
|
return mpRealParent;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_FIRSTCHILD:
|
|
return mpFirstChild;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_LASTCHILD:
|
|
return mpLastChild;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PREV:
|
|
return mpPrev;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_NEXT:
|
|
return mpNext;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_FIRSTOVERLAP:
|
|
return mpFirstOverlap;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_LASTOVERLAP:
|
|
return mpLastOverlap;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_OVERLAP:
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
return (Window*)this;
|
|
else
|
|
return mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PARENTOVERLAP:
|
|
if ( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
return mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
else
|
|
return mpOverlapWindow->mpOverlapWindow;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_CLIENT:
|
|
return ((Window*)this)->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_REALPARENT:
|
|
return ImplGetParent();
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_FRAME:
|
|
return mpFrameWindow;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_BORDER:
|
|
if ( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
return mpBorderWindow->GetWindow( WINDOW_BORDER );
|
|
return (Window*)this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsChild( const Window* pWindow, BOOL bSystemWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
DBG_CHKOBJ( pWindow, Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !bSystemWindow && pWindow->ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
pWindow = pWindow->ImplGetParent();
|
|
|
|
if ( pWindow == this )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
while ( pWindow );
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsWindowOrChild( const Window* pWindow, BOOL bSystemWindow ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
DBG_CHKOBJ( pWindow, Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if ( this == pWindow )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return ImplIsChild( pWindow, bSystemWindow );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
const SystemEnvData* Window::GetSystemData() const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
return mpFrame ? mpFrame->GetSystemData() : NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Any Window::GetSystemDataAny() const
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Any aRet;
|
|
const SystemEnvData* pSysData = GetSystemData();
|
|
if( pSysData )
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aSeq( (sal_Int8*)pSysData, pSysData->nSize );
|
|
aRet <<= aSeq;
|
|
}
|
|
return aRet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetWindowPeer( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::awt::XWindowPeer > xPeer, VCLXWindow* pVCLXWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
mxWindowPeer = xPeer;
|
|
mpVCLXWindow = pVCLXWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::awt::XWindowPeer > Window::GetComponentInterface( BOOL bCreate )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mxWindowPeer.is() && bCreate )
|
|
{
|
|
UnoWrapperBase* pWrapper = Application::GetUnoWrapper();
|
|
if ( pWrapper )
|
|
mxWindowPeer = pWrapper->GetWindowInterface( this, sal_True );
|
|
}
|
|
return mxWindowPeer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetComponentInterface( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::awt::XWindowPeer > xIFace )
|
|
{
|
|
UnoWrapperBase* pWrapper = Application::GetUnoWrapper();
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pWrapper, "SetComponentInterface: No Wrapper!" );
|
|
if ( pWrapper )
|
|
pWrapper->SetWindowInterface( this, xIFace );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallDeactivateListeners( Window *pNew )
|
|
{
|
|
// no deactivation if the the newly activated window is my child
|
|
if ( !pNew || !ImplIsChild( pNew ) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE );
|
|
// #100759#, avoid walking the wrong frame's hierarchy
|
|
// eg, undocked docking windows (ImplDockFloatWin)
|
|
if ( ImplGetParent() && mpFrameWindow == ImplGetParent()->mpFrameWindow )
|
|
ImplGetParent()->ImplCallDeactivateListeners( pNew );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplCallActivateListeners( Window *pOld )
|
|
{
|
|
// no activation if the the old active window is my child
|
|
if ( !pOld || !ImplIsChild( pOld ) )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplCallEventListeners( VCLEVENT_WINDOW_ACTIVATE, pOld );
|
|
// #106298# revoke the change for 105369, because this change
|
|
// disabled the activate event for the parent,
|
|
// if the parent is a compound control
|
|
//if( !GetParent() || !GetParent()->IsCompoundControl() )
|
|
//{
|
|
// #100759#, avoid walking the wrong frame's hierarchy
|
|
// eg, undocked docking windows (ImplDockFloatWin)
|
|
// #104714#, revert the changes for 100759 because it has a side effect when pOld is a dialog
|
|
// additionally the gallery is not dockable anymore, so 100759 canot occur
|
|
if ( ImplGetParent() ) /* && mpFrameWindow == ImplGetParent()->mpFrameWindow ) */
|
|
ImplGetParent()->ImplCallActivateListeners( pOld );
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// top level frame reached: store hint for DefModalDialogParent
|
|
ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpActiveApplicationFrame = mpFrameWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
//}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
bool Window::ImplStopDnd()
|
|
{
|
|
bool bRet = false;
|
|
if( mpFrameData && mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
bRet = true;
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget.clear();
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDragSource.clear();
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplStartDnd()
|
|
{
|
|
GetDropTarget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Reference< XDropTarget > Window::GetDropTarget()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if( ! mxDNDListenerContainer.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
sal_Int8 nDefaultActions = 0;
|
|
|
|
if( mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! mpFrameData->mxDropTarget.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
// initialization is done in GetDragSource
|
|
Reference< XDragSource > xDragSource = GetDragSource();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( mpFrameData->mxDropTarget.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
nDefaultActions = mpFrameData->mxDropTarget->getDefaultActions();
|
|
|
|
if( ! mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener = new DNDEventDispatcher( mpFrameWindow );
|
|
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
// OSL_TRACE( "adding droptarget listener" );
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget->addDropTargetListener( mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener );
|
|
|
|
// register also as drag gesture listener if directly supported by drag source
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > xDragGestureRecognizer =
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > (mpFrameData->mxDragSource, UNO_QUERY);
|
|
|
|
if( xDragGestureRecognizer.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
xDragGestureRecognizer->addDragGestureListener(
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureListener > (mpFrameData->mxDropTargetListener, UNO_QUERY));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mpFrameData->mbInternalDragGestureRecognizer = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
catch( RuntimeException exc )
|
|
{
|
|
// release all instances
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget.clear();
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDragSource.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mxDNDListenerContainer = static_cast < XDropTarget * > ( new DNDListenerContainer( nDefaultActions ) );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// this object is located in the same process, so there will be no runtime exception
|
|
return Reference< XDropTarget > ( mxDNDListenerContainer, UNO_QUERY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Reference< XDragSource > Window::GetDragSource()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if( mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! mpFrameData->mxDragSource.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory = vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory();
|
|
if ( xFactory.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
const SystemEnvData * pEnvData = GetSystemData();
|
|
|
|
if( pEnvData )
|
|
{
|
|
Sequence< Any > aDragSourceAL( 2 ), aDropTargetAL( 2 );
|
|
OUString aDragSourceSN, aDropTargetSN;
|
|
#if defined WNT
|
|
aDragSourceSN = OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.dnd.OleDragSource" );
|
|
aDropTargetSN = OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.dnd.OleDropTarget" );
|
|
aDragSourceAL[ 1 ] = makeAny( (sal_uInt32) pEnvData->hWnd );
|
|
aDropTargetAL[ 0 ] = makeAny( (sal_uInt32) pEnvData->hWnd );
|
|
#elif defined UNX
|
|
aDropTargetAL.realloc( 3 );
|
|
aDragSourceAL.realloc( 3 );
|
|
aDragSourceSN = OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.dnd.X11DragSource" );
|
|
aDropTargetSN = OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.dnd.X11DropTarget" );
|
|
|
|
aDragSourceAL[ 0 ] = makeAny( Application::GetDisplayConnection() );
|
|
aDragSourceAL[ 2 ] = makeAny( vcl::createBmpConverter() );
|
|
aDropTargetAL[ 0 ] = makeAny( Application::GetDisplayConnection() );
|
|
aDropTargetAL[ 1 ] = makeAny( (sal_Size)(pEnvData->aShellWindow) );
|
|
aDropTargetAL[ 2 ] = makeAny( vcl::createBmpConverter() );
|
|
#endif
|
|
if( aDragSourceSN.getLength() )
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDragSource = Reference< XDragSource > ( xFactory->createInstanceWithArguments( aDragSourceSN, aDragSourceAL ), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
if( aDropTargetSN.getLength() )
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget = Reference< XDropTarget > ( xFactory->createInstanceWithArguments( aDropTargetSN, aDropTargetAL ), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// createInstance can throw any exception
|
|
catch( Exception exc )
|
|
{
|
|
// release all instances
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDropTarget.clear();
|
|
mpFrameData->mxDragSource.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mpFrameData->mxDragSource;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Reference< XDragSource > ();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
void Window::GetDragSourceDropTarget(Reference< XDragSource >& xDragSource, Reference< XDropTarget > &xDropTarget )
|
|
// only for RVP transmission
|
|
{
|
|
if( mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
// initialization is done in GetDragSource
|
|
xDragSource = GetDragSource();
|
|
xDropTarget = mpFrameData->mxDropTarget;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
xDragSource.clear();
|
|
xDropTarget.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > Window::GetDragGestureRecognizer()
|
|
{
|
|
return Reference< XDragGestureRecognizer > ( GetDropTarget(), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Reference< XClipboard > Window::GetClipboard()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if( mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! mpFrameData->mxClipboard.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory( vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory() );
|
|
|
|
if( xFactory.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameData->mxClipboard = Reference< XClipboard >( xFactory->createInstance( OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.clipboard.SystemClipboard" ) ), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNX // unix clipboard needs to be initialized
|
|
if( mpFrameData->mxClipboard.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
Reference< XInitialization > xInit = Reference< XInitialization >( mpFrameData->mxClipboard, UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
if( xInit.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
Sequence< Any > aArgumentList( 3 );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 0 ] = makeAny( Application::GetDisplayConnection() );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 1 ] = makeAny( OUString::createFromAscii( "CLIPBOARD" ) );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 2 ] = makeAny( vcl::createBmpConverter() );
|
|
|
|
xInit->initialize( aArgumentList );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// createInstance can throw any exception
|
|
catch( Exception exc )
|
|
{
|
|
// release all instances
|
|
mpFrameData->mxClipboard.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mpFrameData->mxClipboard;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return static_cast < XClipboard * > (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Reference< XClipboard > Window::GetSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if( mpFrameData )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! mpFrameData->mxSelection.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory( vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory() );
|
|
|
|
if( xFactory.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef UNX
|
|
Sequence< Any > aArgumentList( 3 );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 0 ] = makeAny( Application::GetDisplayConnection() );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 1 ] = makeAny( OUString::createFromAscii( "PRIMARY" ) );
|
|
aArgumentList[ 2 ] = makeAny( vcl::createBmpConverter() );
|
|
|
|
mpFrameData->mxSelection = Reference< XClipboard >( xFactory->createInstanceWithArguments(
|
|
OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.clipboard.SystemClipboard" ), aArgumentList ), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
# else
|
|
static Reference< XClipboard > s_xSelection;
|
|
|
|
if ( !s_xSelection.is() )
|
|
s_xSelection = Reference< XClipboard >( xFactory->createInstance( OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.datatransfer.clipboard.GenericClipboard" ) ), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
mpFrameData->mxSelection = s_xSelection;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// createInstance can throw any exception
|
|
catch( Exception exc )
|
|
{
|
|
// release all instances
|
|
mpFrameData->mxSelection.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return mpFrameData->mxSelection;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return static_cast < XClipboard * > (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Accessibility
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::accessibility::XAccessible > Window::GetAccessible( BOOL bCreate )
|
|
{
|
|
// do not optimize hierarchy for the top level border win (ie, when there is no parent)
|
|
/* // do not optimize accessible hierarchy at all to better reflect real VCL hierarchy
|
|
if ( GetParent() && ( GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW ) && ( GetChildCount() == 1 ) )
|
|
//if( !ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pChild = GetAccessibleChildWindow( 0 );
|
|
if ( pChild )
|
|
return pChild->GetAccessible();
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( !mxAccessible.is() && bCreate )
|
|
mxAccessible = CreateAccessible();
|
|
|
|
return mxAccessible;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::accessibility::XAccessible > Window::CreateAccessible()
|
|
{
|
|
::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::accessibility::XAccessible > xAcc( GetComponentInterface( TRUE ), ::com::sun::star::uno::UNO_QUERY );
|
|
return xAcc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetAccessible( ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::accessibility::XAccessible > x )
|
|
{
|
|
mxAccessible = x;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// skip all border windows that are no top level frames
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() const
|
|
{
|
|
if( !mbBorderWin )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
// #101741 do not check for WB_CLOSEABLE because undecorated floaters (like menues!) are closeable
|
|
if( mbFrame && mnStyle & (WB_MOVEABLE | WB_SIZEABLE) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplIsAccessibleNativeFrame() const
|
|
{
|
|
if( mbFrame )
|
|
// #101741 do not check for WB_CLOSEABLE because undecorated floaters (like menues!) are closeable
|
|
if( (mnStyle & (WB_MOVEABLE | WB_SIZEABLE)) )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChildWindowCount( USHORT nFirstWindowType ) const
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nChildren = 0;
|
|
Window* pChild = GetWindow( nFirstWindowType );
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pChild->ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
nChildren++;
|
|
else
|
|
nChildren += pChild->ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChildWindowCount( WINDOW_FIRSTCHILD );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
return nChildren;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChild( USHORT nChild, USHORT& rChildCount, USHORT nFirstWindowType, BOOL bTopLevel ) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBG_CHKTHIS( Window, ImplDbgCheckWindow );
|
|
|
|
if( bTopLevel )
|
|
rChildCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
Window* pChild = GetWindow( nFirstWindowType );
|
|
while ( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
Window *pTmpChild = pChild;
|
|
|
|
if( !pChild->ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
pTmpChild = pChild->ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChild( nChild, rChildCount, WINDOW_FIRSTCHILD, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( nChild == rChildCount )
|
|
return pTmpChild;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
rChildCount++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Window* Window::GetAccessibleParentWindow() const
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pParent = GetParent();
|
|
while ( pParent )
|
|
if( pParent->ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
pParent = pParent->GetParent();
|
|
return pParent;
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::GetAccessibleParentWindow() const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ImplIsAccessibleNativeFrame() )
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
Window* pParent = mpParent;
|
|
if( GetType() == WINDOW_MENUBARWINDOW )
|
|
{
|
|
// report the menubar as a child of THE workwindow
|
|
Window *pWorkWin = GetParent()->mpFirstChild;
|
|
while( pWorkWin && (pWorkWin == this) )
|
|
pWorkWin = pWorkWin->mpNext;
|
|
pParent = pWorkWin;
|
|
}
|
|
// If this a floating window which has a native boarder window, this one should be reported as
|
|
// accessible parent
|
|
else if( GetType() == WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW &&
|
|
mpBorderWindow && mpBorderWindow->mbFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = mpBorderWindow;
|
|
}
|
|
else if( pParent && !pParent->ImplIsAccessibleCandidate() )
|
|
{
|
|
pParent = pParent->mpParent;
|
|
}
|
|
return pParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
USHORT Window::GetAccessibleChildWindowCount()
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nChildren = ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChildWindowCount( WINDOW_FIRSTCHILD );
|
|
|
|
// Search also for SystemWindows.
|
|
Window* pOverlap = GetWindow( WINDOW_OVERLAP );
|
|
nChildren += pOverlap->ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChildWindowCount( WINDOW_FIRSTOVERLAP );
|
|
|
|
return nChildren;
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::GetAccessibleChildWindowCount()
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nChildren = 0;
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pChild->IsVisible() )
|
|
nChildren++;
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// #107176# ignore overlapwindows
|
|
// this only affects non-system floating windows
|
|
// which are either not accessible (like the HelpAgent) or should be changed to system windows anyway
|
|
/*
|
|
if( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlap = GetWindow( WINDOW_FIRSTOVERLAP );
|
|
while ( pOverlap )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pOverlap->IsVisible() )
|
|
nChildren++;
|
|
pOverlap = pOverlap->GetWindow( WINDOW_NEXT );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// report the menubarwindow as a child of THE workwindow
|
|
if( GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ((ImplBorderWindow *) this)->mpMenuBarWindow &&
|
|
((ImplBorderWindow *) this)->mpMenuBarWindow->IsVisible()
|
|
)
|
|
--nChildren;
|
|
}
|
|
else if( GetType() == WINDOW_WORKWINDOW )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ((WorkWindow *) this)->GetMenuBar() &&
|
|
((WorkWindow *) this)->GetMenuBar()->GetWindow() &&
|
|
((WorkWindow *) this)->GetMenuBar()->GetWindow()->IsVisible()
|
|
)
|
|
++nChildren;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nChildren;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Window* Window::GetAccessibleChildWindow( USHORT n )
|
|
{
|
|
USHORT nChildCount; // will be set in ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChild(...)
|
|
Window* pChild = ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChild( n, nChildCount, WINDOW_FIRSTCHILD, TRUE );
|
|
if ( !pChild && ( n >= nChildCount ) )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlap = GetWindow( WINDOW_OVERLAP );
|
|
pChild = pOverlap->ImplGetAccessibleCandidateChild( n, nChildCount, WINDOW_FIRSTOVERLAP, FALSE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return pChild;
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Window* Window::GetAccessibleChildWindow( USHORT n )
|
|
{
|
|
// report the menubarwindow as a the first child of THE workwindow
|
|
if( GetType() == WINDOW_WORKWINDOW && ((WorkWindow *) this)->GetMenuBar() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( n == 0 )
|
|
{
|
|
MenuBar *pMenuBar = ((WorkWindow *) this)->GetMenuBar();
|
|
if( pMenuBar->GetWindow() && pMenuBar->GetWindow()->IsVisible() )
|
|
return pMenuBar->GetWindow();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
--n;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// transform n to child number including invisible children
|
|
USHORT nChildren = n;
|
|
Window* pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pChild->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! nChildren )
|
|
break;
|
|
nChildren--;
|
|
}
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW && pChild && pChild->GetType() == WINDOW_MENUBARWINDOW )
|
|
{
|
|
do pChild = pChild->mpNext; while( pChild && ! pChild->IsVisible() );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( pChild, "GetAccessibleChildWindow(): wrong index in border window");
|
|
}
|
|
if ( !pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
// #107176# ignore overlapwindows
|
|
/*
|
|
if( ImplIsOverlapWindow() )
|
|
{
|
|
Window* pOverlap = GetWindow( WINDOW_FIRSTOVERLAP );
|
|
while ( !pChild && pOverlap )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !nChildren && pOverlap->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild = pOverlap;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pOverlap = pOverlap->GetWindow( WINDOW_NEXT );
|
|
if( pOverlap && pOverlap->IsVisible() )
|
|
nChildren--;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if ( pChild && ( pChild->GetType() == WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW ) && ( pChild->GetChildCount() == 1 ) )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild = pChild->GetChild( 0 );
|
|
}
|
|
return pChild;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetAccessibleRole( USHORT nRole )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpAccessibleInfos )
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos = new ImplAccessibleInfos;
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( mpAccessibleInfos->nAccessibleRole == 0xFFFF, "AccessibleRole already set!" );
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos->nAccessibleRole = nRole;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
USHORT Window::GetAccessibleRole() const
|
|
{
|
|
using namespace ::com::sun::star;
|
|
|
|
USHORT nRole = mpAccessibleInfos ? mpAccessibleInfos->nAccessibleRole : 0xFFFF;
|
|
if ( nRole == 0xFFFF )
|
|
{
|
|
switch ( GetType() )
|
|
{
|
|
case WINDOW_MESSBOX: // MT: Would be nice to have special roles!
|
|
case WINDOW_INFOBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_WARNINGBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_ERRORBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_QUERYBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::DIALOG; break; // #i12331, DIALOG must be used to
|
|
// to allow activation, those are frames!
|
|
case WINDOW_MODELESSDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_MODALDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_SYSTEMDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_PRINTERSETUPDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_PRINTDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_TABDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_BUTTONDIALOG:
|
|
case WINDOW_DIALOG: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::DIALOG; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PUSHBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_OKBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_CANCELBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_HELPBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_IMAGEBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_MENUBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_MOREBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_SPINBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_BUTTON: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::PUSH_BUTTON; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PATHDIALOG: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::DIRECTORY_PANE; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_FILEDIALOG: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::FILE_CHOOSER; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_COLORDIALOG: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::COLOR_CHOOSER; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_FONTDIALOG: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::FONT_CHOOSER; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_IMAGERADIOBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_RADIOBUTTON: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::RADIO_BUTTON; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_TRISTATEBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_CHECKBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::CHECK_BOX; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_MULTILINEEDIT: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SCROLL_PANE; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PATTERNFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_NUMERICFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_METRICFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_CURRENCYFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_LONGCURRENCYFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_EDIT: nRole = ( GetStyle() & WB_PASSWORD ) ? (accessibility::AccessibleRole::PASSWORD_TEXT) : (accessibility::AccessibleRole::TEXT); break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_PATTERNBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_NUMERICBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_METRICBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_CURRENCYBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_LONGCURRENCYBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_COMBOBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::COMBO_BOX; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_LISTBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_MULTILISTBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::LIST; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_TREELISTBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::TREE; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_FIXEDTEXT: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::LABEL; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_FIXEDBORDER:
|
|
case WINDOW_FIXEDLINE: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SEPARATOR; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_FIXEDBITMAP:
|
|
case WINDOW_FIXEDIMAGE: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::ICON; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_GROUPBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::GROUP_BOX; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_SCROLLBAR: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SCROLL_BAR; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_SLIDER:
|
|
case WINDOW_SPLITTER:
|
|
case WINDOW_SPLITWINDOW: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SPLIT_PANE; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_DATEBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_TIMEBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_DATEFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_TIMEFIELD: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::DATE_EDITOR; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_SPINFIELD: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SPIN_BOX; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_TOOLBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::TOOL_BAR; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_STATUSBAR: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::STATUS_BAR; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_TABPAGE: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::PANEL; break;
|
|
case WINDOW_TABCONTROL: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::PAGE_TAB_LIST; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_DOCKINGWINDOW:
|
|
case WINDOW_SYSWINDOW:
|
|
case WINDOW_FLOATINGWINDOW: nRole = mbFrame ? accessibility::AccessibleRole::FRAME :
|
|
accessibility::AccessibleRole::PANEL; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_WORKWINDOW: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::ROOT_PANE; break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_SCROLLBARBOX: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::FILLER; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_HELPTEXTWINDOW: nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::TOOL_TIP; break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_WINDOW:
|
|
case WINDOW_CONTROL:
|
|
case WINDOW_BORDERWINDOW:
|
|
case WINDOW_SYSTEMCHILDWINDOW:
|
|
default:
|
|
if (ImplIsAccessibleNativeFrame() )
|
|
nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::FRAME;
|
|
else if( IsScrollable() )
|
|
nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::SCROLL_PANE;
|
|
else if( ((Window*)this)->ImplGetWindow()->IsMenuFloatingWindow() )
|
|
nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::WINDOW; // #106002#, contextmenues are windows (i.e. toplevel)
|
|
else
|
|
// #104051# WINDOW seems to be a bad default role, use LAYEREDPANE instead
|
|
// a WINDOW is interpreted as a top-level window, which is typically not the case
|
|
//nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::WINDOW;
|
|
nRole = accessibility::AccessibleRole::PANEL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nRole;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetAccessibleName( const String& rName )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( !mpAccessibleInfos )
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos = new ImplAccessibleInfos;
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( !mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleName, "AccessibleName already set!" );
|
|
delete mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleName;
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleName = new String( rName );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
String Window::GetAccessibleName() const
|
|
{
|
|
String aAccessibleName;
|
|
if ( mpAccessibleInfos && mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleName )
|
|
{
|
|
aAccessibleName = *mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleName;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
switch ( GetType() )
|
|
{
|
|
// case WINDOW_IMAGERADIOBUTTON:
|
|
// case WINDOW_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
// case WINDOW_TRISTATEBOX:
|
|
// case WINDOW_CHECKBOX:
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_MULTILINEEDIT:
|
|
case WINDOW_PATTERNFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_NUMERICFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_METRICFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_CURRENCYFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_LONGCURRENCYFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_EDIT:
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_DATEBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_TIMEBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_CURRENCYBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_LONGCURRENCYBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_DATEFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_TIMEFIELD:
|
|
case WINDOW_SPINFIELD:
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_COMBOBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_LISTBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_MULTILISTBOX:
|
|
case WINDOW_TREELISTBOX:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
Window *pLabel = GetLabeledBy();
|
|
if ( pLabel && pLabel != this )
|
|
aAccessibleName = pLabel->GetText();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WINDOW_IMAGEBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_PUSHBUTTON:
|
|
aAccessibleName = GetText();
|
|
if ( !aAccessibleName.Len() )
|
|
{
|
|
aAccessibleName = GetQuickHelpText();
|
|
if ( !aAccessibleName.Len() )
|
|
aAccessibleName = GetHelpText();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
aAccessibleName = GetText();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aAccessibleName = GetNonMnemonicString( aAccessibleName );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aAccessibleName;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::SetAccessibleDescription( const String& rDescription )
|
|
{
|
|
if ( ! mpAccessibleInfos )
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos = new ImplAccessibleInfos;
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( !mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleDescription, "AccessibleDescription already set!" );
|
|
delete mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleDescription;
|
|
mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleDescription = new String( rDescription );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
String Window::GetAccessibleDescription() const
|
|
{
|
|
String aAccessibleDescription;
|
|
if ( mpAccessibleInfos && mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleDescription )
|
|
{
|
|
aAccessibleDescription = *mpAccessibleInfos->pAccessibleDescription;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Special code for help text windows. ZT asks the border window for the
|
|
// description so we have to forward this request to our inner window.
|
|
const Window* pWin = ((Window *)this)->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
if ( pWin->GetType() == WINDOW_HELPTEXTWINDOW )
|
|
aAccessibleDescription = pWin->GetHelpText();
|
|
else
|
|
aAccessibleDescription = GetHelpText();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aAccessibleDescription;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsAccessibilityEventsSuppressed( BOOL bTraverseParentPath )
|
|
{
|
|
if( !bTraverseParentPath )
|
|
return mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Window *pParent = this;
|
|
while ( pParent )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pParent->mbSuppressAccessibilityEvents )
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
pParent = pParent->mpParent; // do not use GetParent() to find borderwindows that are frames
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::RecordLayoutData( vcl::ControlLayoutData* pLayout, const Rectangle& rRect )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ! mpOutDevData )
|
|
ImplInitOutDevData();
|
|
mpOutDevData->mpRecordLayout = pLayout;
|
|
mpOutDevData->maRecordRect = rRect;
|
|
Paint( rRect );
|
|
mpOutDevData->mpRecordLayout = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
// returns background color used in this control
|
|
// false: could not determine color
|
|
BOOL Window::ImplGetCurrentBackgroundColor( Color& rCol )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bRet = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
switch ( GetType() )
|
|
{
|
|
// peform special handling here
|
|
case WINDOW_PUSHBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_OKBUTTON:
|
|
case WINDOW_CANCELBUTTON:
|
|
// etc.
|
|
default:
|
|
if( IsControlBackground() )
|
|
rCol = GetControlBackground();
|
|
else if( IsBackground() )
|
|
{
|
|
Wallpaper aWall = GetBackground();
|
|
if( !aWall.IsGradient() && !aWall.IsBitmap() )
|
|
rCol = aWall.GetColor();
|
|
else
|
|
bRet = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
rCol = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::DrawSelectionBackground( const Rectangle& rRect, USHORT highlight, BOOL bChecked, BOOL bDrawBorder, BOOL bDrawExtBorderOnly )
|
|
{
|
|
extern void ImplRGBtoHSB( const Color& rColor, USHORT& nHue, USHORT& nSat, USHORT& nBri );
|
|
extern Color ImplHSBtoRGB( USHORT nHue, USHORT nSat, USHORT nBri );
|
|
|
|
if( rRect.IsEmpty() )
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// colors used for item highlighting
|
|
Color aSelectionBorderCol( GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetHighlightColor() );
|
|
Color aSelectionFillCol( aSelectionBorderCol );
|
|
|
|
BOOL bDark = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor().IsDark();
|
|
BOOL bBright = GetSettings().GetStyleSettings().GetFaceColor().IsBright();
|
|
|
|
int c1 = aSelectionBorderCol.GetLuminance();
|
|
int c2 = GetDisplayBackground().GetColor().GetLuminance();
|
|
|
|
if( !bDark && !bBright && abs( c2-c1 ) < 75 )
|
|
{
|
|
// constrast too low
|
|
USHORT h,s,b;
|
|
ImplRGBtoHSB( aSelectionFillCol, h, s, b );
|
|
if( b > 50 ) b -= 40;
|
|
else b += 40;
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = ImplHSBtoRGB( h, s, b );
|
|
aSelectionBorderCol = aSelectionFillCol;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Rectangle aRect( rRect );
|
|
if( bDrawExtBorderOnly )
|
|
{
|
|
aRect.nLeft -= 1;
|
|
aRect.nTop -= 1;
|
|
aRect.nRight += 1;
|
|
aRect.nBottom += 1;
|
|
}
|
|
Color oldFillCol = GetFillColor();
|
|
Color oldLineCol = GetLineColor();
|
|
|
|
if( bDrawBorder )
|
|
SetLineColor( bDark ? Color(COL_WHITE) : ( bBright ? Color(COL_BLACK) : aSelectionBorderCol ) );
|
|
else
|
|
SetLineColor();
|
|
|
|
USHORT nPercent = 0;
|
|
if( !highlight )
|
|
{
|
|
if( bDark )
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = COL_BLACK;
|
|
else
|
|
nPercent = 80; // just checked (light)
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if( bChecked || highlight == 1 )
|
|
{
|
|
if( bDark )
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = COL_GRAY;
|
|
else if ( bBright )
|
|
{
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = COL_BLACK;
|
|
SetLineColor( COL_BLACK );
|
|
nPercent = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
nPercent = 35; // selected, pressed or checked ( very dark )
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if( bDark )
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = COL_LIGHTGRAY;
|
|
else if ( bBright )
|
|
{
|
|
aSelectionFillCol = COL_BLACK;
|
|
SetLineColor( COL_BLACK );
|
|
nPercent = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
nPercent = 70; // selected ( dark )
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( bDark && bDrawExtBorderOnly )
|
|
SetFillColor();
|
|
else
|
|
SetFillColor( aSelectionFillCol );
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( bDark )
|
|
{
|
|
DrawRect( aRect );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Polygon aPoly( aRect );
|
|
PolyPolygon aPolyPoly( aPoly );
|
|
DrawTransparent( aPolyPoly, nPercent );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetFillColor( oldFillCol );
|
|
SetLineColor( oldLineCol );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
void Window::DbgAssertNoEventListeners()
|
|
{
|
|
VclWindowEvent aEvent( this, 0, NULL );
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( maEventListeners.empty(), "Eventlistener: Who is still listening???" )
|
|
if ( !maEventListeners.empty() )
|
|
maEventListeners.Call( &aEvent );
|
|
|
|
DBG_ASSERT( maChildEventListeners.empty(), "ChildEventlistener: Who is still listening???" )
|
|
if ( !maChildEventListeners.empty() )
|
|
maChildEventListeners.Call( &aEvent );
|
|
}
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// controls should return the window that gets the
|
|
// focus by default, so keyevents can be sent to that window directly
|
|
Window* Window::GetPreferredKeyInputWindow()
|
|
{
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsScrollable() const
|
|
{
|
|
// check for scrollbars
|
|
Window *pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pChild->GetType() == WINDOW_SCROLLBAR )
|
|
return true;
|
|
else
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsTopWindow() const
|
|
{
|
|
if ( mbInDtor )
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// topwindows must be frames or they must have a borderwindow which is a frame
|
|
if( !mbFrame && (!mpBorderWindow || (mpBorderWindow && !mpBorderWindow->mbFrame) ) )
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ImplGetWinData();
|
|
if( mpWinData->mnIsTopWindow == (USHORT)~0) // still uninitialized
|
|
{
|
|
// #113722#, cache result of expensive queryInterface call
|
|
Window *pThisWin = (Window*)this;
|
|
Reference< XTopWindow > xTopWindow( pThisWin->GetComponentInterface(), UNO_QUERY );
|
|
pThisWin->mpWinData->mnIsTopWindow = xTopWindow.is() ? 1 : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return mpWinData->mnIsTopWindow == 1 ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplMirrorFramePos( Point &pt ) const
|
|
{
|
|
pt.X() = mpFrame->maGeometry.nWidth-1-pt.X();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// frame based modal counter (dialogs are not modal to the whole application anymore)
|
|
BOOL Window::IsInModalMode() const
|
|
{
|
|
return (mpFrameWindow->mpFrameData->mnModalMode != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
void Window::ImplIncModalCount()
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mpFrameData->mnModalMode++;
|
|
}
|
|
void Window::ImplDecModalCount()
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mpFrameData->mnModalMode--;
|
|
}
|
|
void Window::ImplNotifyIconifiedState( BOOL bIconified )
|
|
{
|
|
mpFrameWindow->ImplCallEventListeners( bIconified ? VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MINIMIZE : VCLEVENT_WINDOW_NORMALIZE );
|
|
// #109206# notify client window as well to have toolkit topwindow listeners notified
|
|
if( mpFrameWindow->mpClientWindow && mpFrameWindow != mpFrameWindow->mpClientWindow )
|
|
mpFrameWindow->mpClientWindow->ImplCallEventListeners( bIconified ? VCLEVENT_WINDOW_MINIMIZE : VCLEVENT_WINDOW_NORMALIZE );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::HasActiveChildFrame()
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bRet = FALSE;
|
|
Window *pFrameWin = ImplGetSVData()->maWinData.mpFirstFrame;
|
|
while( pFrameWin )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pFrameWin != mpFrameWindow )
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bDecorated = FALSE;
|
|
Window *pChildFrame = pFrameWin->ImplGetWindow();
|
|
// #i15285# unfortunately WB_MOVEABLE is the same as WB_TABSTOP which can
|
|
// be removed for ToolBoxes to influence the keyboard accessibility
|
|
// thus WB_MOVEABLE is no indicator for decoration anymore
|
|
// but FloatingWindows carry this information in their TitleType...
|
|
// TODO: avoid duplicate WinBits !!!
|
|
if( pChildFrame && pChildFrame->ImplIsFloatingWindow() )
|
|
bDecorated = ((FloatingWindow*) pChildFrame)->GetTitleType() != FLOATWIN_TITLE_NONE;
|
|
if( bDecorated || (pFrameWin->mnStyle & (WB_MOVEABLE | WB_SIZEABLE) ) )
|
|
if( pChildFrame && pChildFrame->IsVisible() && pChildFrame->IsActive() )
|
|
{
|
|
if( ImplIsChild( pChildFrame, TRUE ) )
|
|
{
|
|
bRet = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pFrameWin = pFrameWin->mpFrameData->mpNextFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return bRet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
LanguageType Window::GetInputLanguage() const
|
|
{
|
|
return mpFrame->GetInputLanguage();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::EnableNativeWidget( BOOL bEnable )
|
|
{
|
|
if( bEnable != ImplGetWinData()->mbEnableNativeWidget )
|
|
{
|
|
ImplGetWinData()->mbEnableNativeWidget = bEnable;
|
|
// sometimes the borderwindow is queried, so keep it in sync
|
|
if( mpBorderWindow )
|
|
mpBorderWindow->ImplGetWinData()->mbEnableNativeWidget = bEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// push down, useful for compound controls
|
|
Window *pChild = mpFirstChild;
|
|
while( pChild )
|
|
{
|
|
pChild->EnableNativeWidget( bEnable );
|
|
pChild = pChild->mpNext;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL Window::IsNativeWidgetEnabled() const
|
|
{
|
|
return ImplGetWinData()->mbEnableNativeWidget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Reference< ::drafts::com::sun::star::rendering::XCanvas > Window::GetCanvas() const
|
|
{
|
|
if( mxCanvas.is() )
|
|
return mxCanvas;
|
|
|
|
Sequence< Any > aArg( 4 );
|
|
|
|
// Feed any with operating system's window handle
|
|
// ==============================================
|
|
|
|
// common: first any is VCL pointer to window (for VCL canvas)
|
|
aArg[ 0 ] = makeAny( reinterpret_cast<sal_Int64>(this) );
|
|
|
|
#if defined( WIN ) || defined( WNT )
|
|
// take HWND for Windows
|
|
aArg[ 1 ] = makeAny( reinterpret_cast<sal_Int32>(mpFrame->GetSystemData()->hWnd) );
|
|
#elif defined( UNX )
|
|
// take XLIB window for X11, and fake a motif widget ID from
|
|
// that.
|
|
|
|
// feed the motif widget ID to canvas
|
|
//aArg[ 0 ] = makeAny( vcl::createMotifHandle( mpFrame->maFrameData.GetWindow() ) );
|
|
|
|
// feed the X11 window handle to canvas
|
|
aArg[ 1 ] = makeAny( static_cast<sal_Int32>(mpFrame->GetSystemData()->aWindow) );
|
|
#else
|
|
# error Please forward window handle to canvas for your OS
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
aArg[ 2 ] = makeAny( ::com::sun::star::awt::Rectangle( mnOutOffX, mnOutOffY, mnOutWidth, mnOutHeight ) );
|
|
|
|
aArg[ 3 ] = makeAny( mbAlwaysOnTop ? sal_True : sal_False );
|
|
|
|
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory = vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory();
|
|
|
|
// Create canvas instance with window handle
|
|
// =========================================
|
|
if ( xFactory.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
mxCanvas = Reference< ::drafts::com::sun::star::rendering::XCanvas >(
|
|
xFactory->createInstanceWithArguments( OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("drafts.com.sun.star.rendering.Canvas")),
|
|
aArg ),
|
|
UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
// now, try to retrieve an XWindow interface from the canvas
|
|
// (this is an implementation detail of the Java interface,
|
|
// which might vanish without notice).
|
|
mxCanvasWindow = Reference< ::com::sun::star::awt::XWindow >(mxCanvas, UNO_QUERY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// no factory??? Empty reference, then.
|
|
return mxCanvas;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Reference< ::drafts::com::sun::star::rendering::XCanvas > Window::GetFullscreenCanvas( const Size& rFullscreenSize ) const
|
|
{
|
|
if( mxCanvas.is() )
|
|
return mxCanvas;
|
|
|
|
Sequence< Any > aArg( 4 );
|
|
|
|
// Feed any with operating system's window handle
|
|
// ==============================================
|
|
|
|
// common: first any is VCL pointer to window (for VCL canvas)
|
|
aArg[ 0 ] = makeAny( reinterpret_cast<sal_Int64>(this) );
|
|
|
|
#if defined( WIN ) || defined( WNT )
|
|
// take HWND for Windows
|
|
aArg[ 1 ] = makeAny( reinterpret_cast<sal_Int32>(mpFrame->GetSystemData()->hWnd) );
|
|
#elif defined( UNX )
|
|
// take XLIB window for X11, and fake a motif widget ID from
|
|
// that.
|
|
|
|
// feed the motif widget ID to canvas
|
|
//aArg[ 0 ] = makeAny( vcl::createMotifHandle( mpFrame->maFrameData.GetWindow() ) );
|
|
|
|
// feed the X11 window handle to canvas
|
|
aArg[ 1 ] = makeAny( static_cast<sal_Int32>(mpFrame->GetSystemData()->aWindow) );
|
|
#else
|
|
# error Please forward window handle to canvas for your OS
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
aArg[ 2 ] = makeAny( ::com::sun::star::awt::Rectangle( 0, 0,
|
|
rFullscreenSize.Width(),
|
|
rFullscreenSize.Height() ) );
|
|
|
|
aArg[ 3 ] = makeAny( sal_True );
|
|
|
|
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xFactory = vcl::unohelper::GetMultiServiceFactory();
|
|
|
|
// Create canvas instance with window handle
|
|
// =========================================
|
|
if ( xFactory.is() )
|
|
{
|
|
mxCanvas = Reference< ::drafts::com::sun::star::rendering::XCanvas >(
|
|
xFactory->createInstanceWithArguments( OUString(RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM("drafts.com.sun.star.rendering.Canvas")),
|
|
aArg ),
|
|
UNO_QUERY );
|
|
|
|
// now, try to retrieve an XWindow interface from the canvas
|
|
// (this is an implementation detail of the Java interface,
|
|
// which might vanish without notice).
|
|
mxCanvasWindow = Reference< ::com::sun::star::awt::XWindow >(mxCanvas, UNO_QUERY );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// no factory??? Empty reference, then.
|
|
return mxCanvas;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::ImplPaintToMetaFile( GDIMetaFile* pMtf )
|
|
{
|
|
Push();
|
|
|
|
BOOL bRVisible = mbReallyVisible;
|
|
mbReallyVisible = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
BOOL bOutput = IsOutputEnabled();
|
|
EnableOutput( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
GDIMetaFile* pOldMtf = GetConnectMetaFile();
|
|
pMtf->WindEnd();
|
|
SetConnectMetaFile( pMtf );
|
|
Paint( Rectangle( Point( 0, 0 ), GetOutputSizePixel() ) );
|
|
SetConnectMetaFile( pOldMtf );
|
|
EnableOutput( bOutput );
|
|
mbReallyVisible = bRVisible;
|
|
|
|
for( Window* pChild = mpFirstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->mpNext )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pChild->mpFrame == mpFrame && pChild->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
sal_Int32 nDeltaX = GetOutOffXPixel() - pChild->GetOutOffXPixel();
|
|
sal_Int32 nDeltaY = GetOutOffYPixel() - pChild->GetOutOffYPixel();
|
|
pMtf->Move( nDeltaX, nDeltaY );
|
|
pChild->ImplPaintToMetaFile( pMtf );
|
|
pMtf->Move( -nDeltaX, -nDeltaY );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for( Window* pOverlap = mpFirstOverlap; pOverlap; pOverlap = pOverlap->mpNext )
|
|
{
|
|
if( pOverlap->mpFrame == mpFrame && pOverlap->IsVisible() )
|
|
{
|
|
sal_Int32 nDeltaX = GetOutOffXPixel() - pOverlap->GetOutOffXPixel();
|
|
sal_Int32 nDeltaY = GetOutOffYPixel() - pOverlap->GetOutOffYPixel();
|
|
pMtf->Move( nDeltaX, nDeltaY );
|
|
pOverlap->ImplPaintToMetaFile( pMtf );
|
|
pMtf->Move( -nDeltaX, -nDeltaY );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Pop();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Window::PaintToDevice( OutputDevice* pDev, const Point& rPos, const Size& rSize )
|
|
{
|
|
GDIMetaFile aMF;
|
|
Point aPos = pDev->LogicToPixel( rPos );
|
|
Size aSize = pDev->LogicToPixel( rSize );
|
|
|
|
if( ! mbVisible )
|
|
{
|
|
// trigger correct visibility flags for children
|
|
Show();
|
|
Hide();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL bVisible = mbVisible;
|
|
mbVisible = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ImplPaintToMetaFile( &aMF );
|
|
|
|
mbVisible = bVisible;
|
|
|
|
pDev->Push();
|
|
pDev->SetMapMode();
|
|
|
|
aMF.Move( aPos.X(), aPos.Y() );
|
|
aMF.WindStart();
|
|
aMF.Play( pDev );
|
|
|
|
pDev->Pop();
|
|
}
|
|
|